1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG. 
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead. 
   6 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1): 
   8         if isinstance(value
, class_type
): 
   9             self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
.this
 
  10             if hasattr(value
,"thisown"): self
.__dict
__["thisown"] = value
.thisown
 
  13     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  14     if method
: return method(self
,value
) 
  15     if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
== "thisown"): 
  16         self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
): 
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0) 
  23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
): 
  24     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  25     if method
: return method(self
) 
  26     raise AttributeError,name
 
  30     _object 
= types
.ObjectType
 
  32 except AttributeError: 
  38 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set): 
  39     def set_attr(self
,name
,value
): 
  40         if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
in ("this", "thisown")): 
  43             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  47 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension 
  49 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars()) 
  51 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can 
  54 wx 
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
] 
  57 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  59 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None): 
  61     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning 
  62     before calling the callable. 
  65         msg 
= "%s is deprecated" % callable 
  66     def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
): 
  68         warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2) 
  69         return callable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
  70     deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
 
  71     return deprecatedWrapper
 
  74 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  76 NOT_FOUND 
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
 
  77 VSCROLL 
= _core_
.VSCROLL
 
  78 HSCROLL 
= _core_
.HSCROLL
 
  79 CAPTION 
= _core_
.CAPTION
 
  80 DOUBLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
 
  81 SUNKEN_BORDER 
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
 
  82 RAISED_BORDER 
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
 
  83 BORDER 
= _core_
.BORDER
 
  84 SIMPLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
 
  85 STATIC_BORDER 
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
 
  86 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
 
  87 NO_BORDER 
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
 
  88 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
 
  89 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
 
  90 TAB_TRAVERSAL 
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
 
  91 WANTS_CHARS 
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
 
  92 POPUP_WINDOW 
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
 
  93 CENTER_FRAME 
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
 
  94 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 
  95 CENTER_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 
  96 CLIP_CHILDREN 
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
 
  97 CLIP_SIBLINGS 
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 
  98 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB 
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 
  99 RETAINED 
= _core_
.RETAINED
 
 100 BACKINGSTORE 
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
 
 101 COLOURED 
= _core_
.COLOURED
 
 102 FIXED_LENGTH 
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
 
 103 LB_NEEDED_SB 
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
 
 104 LB_ALWAYS_SB 
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 
 105 LB_SORT 
= _core_
.LB_SORT
 
 106 LB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
 
 107 LB_MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
 
 108 LB_EXTENDED 
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
 
 109 LB_OWNERDRAW 
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
 
 110 LB_HSCROLL 
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
 
 111 PROCESS_ENTER 
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
 
 112 PASSWORD 
= _core_
.PASSWORD
 
 113 CB_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
 
 114 CB_DROPDOWN 
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
 
 115 CB_SORT 
= _core_
.CB_SORT
 
 116 CB_READONLY 
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
 
 117 RA_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
 
 118 RA_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
 
 119 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 
 120 RA_SPECIFY_COLS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 
 121 RA_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 122 RB_GROUP 
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
 
 123 RB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
 
 124 SB_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
 
 125 SB_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
 
 126 RB_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 127 ST_SIZEGRIP 
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
 
 128 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE 
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 
 129 FLOOD_SURFACE 
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
 
 130 FLOOD_BORDER 
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
 
 131 ODDEVEN_RULE 
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
 
 132 WINDING_RULE 
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
 
 133 TOOL_TOP 
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
 
 134 TOOL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
 
 135 TOOL_LEFT 
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
 
 136 TOOL_RIGHT 
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
 
 138 YES_NO 
= _core_
.YES_NO
 
 139 CANCEL 
= _core_
.CANCEL
 
 142 NO_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
 
 143 YES_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
 
 144 ICON_EXCLAMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 
 145 ICON_HAND 
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
 
 146 ICON_QUESTION 
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
 
 147 ICON_INFORMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
 
 148 ICON_STOP 
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
 
 149 ICON_ASTERISK 
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
 
 150 ICON_MASK 
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
 
 151 ICON_WARNING 
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
 
 152 ICON_ERROR 
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
 
 153 FORWARD 
= _core_
.FORWARD
 
 154 BACKWARD 
= _core_
.BACKWARD
 
 159 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 
 160 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 
 161 SIZE_AUTO 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
 
 162 SIZE_USE_EXISTING 
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 
 163 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 
 164 PORTRAIT 
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
 
 165 LANDSCAPE 
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
 
 166 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 
 167 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 
 168 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 
 169 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 
 170 ID_ANY 
= _core_
.ID_ANY
 
 171 ID_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
 
 172 ID_LOWEST 
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
 
 173 ID_OPEN 
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
 
 174 ID_CLOSE 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
 
 175 ID_NEW 
= _core_
.ID_NEW
 
 176 ID_SAVE 
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
 
 177 ID_SAVEAS 
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
 
 178 ID_REVERT 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
 
 179 ID_EXIT 
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
 
 180 ID_UNDO 
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
 
 181 ID_REDO 
= _core_
.ID_REDO
 
 182 ID_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_HELP
 
 183 ID_PRINT 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
 
 184 ID_PRINT_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 
 185 ID_PREVIEW 
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
 
 186 ID_ABOUT 
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
 
 187 ID_HELP_CONTENTS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 
 188 ID_HELP_COMMANDS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 
 189 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 
 190 ID_HELP_CONTEXT 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 
 191 ID_CLOSE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 
 192 ID_PREFERENCES 
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
 
 193 ID_CUT 
= _core_
.ID_CUT
 
 194 ID_COPY 
= _core_
.ID_COPY
 
 195 ID_PASTE 
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
 
 196 ID_CLEAR 
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
 
 197 ID_FIND 
= _core_
.ID_FIND
 
 198 ID_DUPLICATE 
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
 
 199 ID_SELECTALL 
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
 
 200 ID_DELETE 
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
 
 201 ID_REPLACE 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
 
 202 ID_REPLACE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 
 203 ID_PROPERTIES 
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
 
 204 ID_VIEW_DETAILS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 
 205 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 
 206 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 
 207 ID_VIEW_LIST 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
 
 208 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 
 209 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 
 210 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 
 211 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 
 212 ID_FILE1 
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
 
 213 ID_FILE2 
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
 
 214 ID_FILE3 
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
 
 215 ID_FILE4 
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
 
 216 ID_FILE5 
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
 
 217 ID_FILE6 
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
 
 218 ID_FILE7 
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
 
 219 ID_FILE8 
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
 
 220 ID_FILE9 
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
 
 222 ID_CANCEL 
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
 
 223 ID_APPLY 
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
 
 224 ID_YES 
= _core_
.ID_YES
 
 226 ID_STATIC 
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
 
 227 ID_FORWARD 
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
 
 228 ID_BACKWARD 
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
 
 229 ID_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
 
 230 ID_MORE 
= _core_
.ID_MORE
 
 231 ID_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
 
 232 ID_RESET 
= _core_
.ID_RESET
 
 233 ID_CONTEXT_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 
 234 ID_YESTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
 
 235 ID_NOTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
 
 236 ID_ABORT 
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
 
 237 ID_RETRY 
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
 
 238 ID_IGNORE 
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
 
 239 ID_ADD 
= _core_
.ID_ADD
 
 240 ID_REMOVE 
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
 
 242 ID_DOWN 
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
 
 243 ID_HOME 
= _core_
.ID_HOME
 
 244 ID_REFRESH 
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
 
 245 ID_STOP 
= _core_
.ID_STOP
 
 246 ID_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
 
 247 ID_BOLD 
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
 
 248 ID_ITALIC 
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
 
 249 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 
 250 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 
 251 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 
 252 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 
 253 ID_UNDERLINE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
 
 254 ID_INDENT 
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
 
 255 ID_UNINDENT 
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
 
 256 ID_ZOOM_100 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
 
 257 ID_ZOOM_FIT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 
 258 ID_ZOOM_IN 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
 
 259 ID_ZOOM_OUT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 
 260 ID_UNDELETE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
 
 261 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 
 262 ID_HIGHEST 
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
 
 265 HIDE_READONLY 
= _core_
.HIDE_READONLY
 
 266 OVERWRITE_PROMPT 
= _core_
.OVERWRITE_PROMPT
 
 267 FILE_MUST_EXIST 
= _core_
.FILE_MUST_EXIST
 
 268 MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.MULTIPLE
 
 269 CHANGE_DIR 
= _core_
.CHANGE_DIR
 
 270 ACCEL_ALT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
 
 271 ACCEL_CTRL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
 
 272 ACCEL_SHIFT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
 
 273 ACCEL_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
 
 274 PD_AUTO_HIDE 
= _core_
.PD_AUTO_HIDE
 
 275 PD_APP_MODAL 
= _core_
.PD_APP_MODAL
 
 276 PD_CAN_ABORT 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_ABORT
 
 277 PD_ELAPSED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ELAPSED_TIME
 
 278 PD_ESTIMATED_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_ESTIMATED_TIME
 
 279 PD_REMAINING_TIME 
= _core_
.PD_REMAINING_TIME
 
 280 PD_SMOOTH 
= _core_
.PD_SMOOTH
 
 281 PD_CAN_SKIP 
= _core_
.PD_CAN_SKIP
 
 282 DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON 
= _core_
.DD_NEW_DIR_BUTTON
 
 283 DD_DEFAULT_STYLE 
= _core_
.DD_DEFAULT_STYLE
 
 284 MENU_TEAROFF 
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
 
 285 MB_DOCKABLE 
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
 
 286 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 287 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 288 LI_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
 
 289 LI_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
 
 290 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 
 291 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 
 292 WS_EX_TRANSIENT 
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 
 293 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 
 294 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 
 295 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 
 296 MM_TEXT 
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
 
 297 MM_LOMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
 
 298 MM_HIMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
 
 299 MM_LOENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
 
 300 MM_HIENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
 
 301 MM_TWIPS 
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
 
 302 MM_ISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
 
 303 MM_ANISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 
 304 MM_POINTS 
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
 
 305 MM_METRIC 
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
 
 306 CENTRE 
= _core_
.CENTRE
 
 307 CENTER 
= _core_
.CENTER
 
 308 HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
 
 309 VERTICAL 
= _core_
.VERTICAL
 
 316 BOTTOM 
= _core_
.BOTTOM
 
 322 ALIGN_NOT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
 
 323 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 
 324 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 
 325 ALIGN_LEFT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
 
 326 ALIGN_TOP 
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
 
 327 ALIGN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
 
 328 ALIGN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 
 329 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 
 330 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 
 331 ALIGN_CENTER 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
 
 332 ALIGN_CENTRE 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
 
 333 ALIGN_MASK 
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
 
 334 STRETCH_NOT 
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
 
 335 SHRINK 
= _core_
.SHRINK
 
 337 EXPAND 
= _core_
.EXPAND
 
 338 SHAPED 
= _core_
.SHAPED
 
 339 FIXED_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
 
 341 ADJUST_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 
 342 BORDER_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
 
 343 BORDER_NONE 
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
 
 344 BORDER_STATIC 
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
 
 345 BORDER_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
 
 346 BORDER_RAISED 
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
 
 347 BORDER_SUNKEN 
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
 
 348 BORDER_DOUBLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
 
 349 BORDER_MASK 
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
 
 350 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 
 351 BG_STYLE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 
 352 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 
 353 DEFAULT 
= _core_
.DEFAULT
 
 354 DECORATIVE 
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
 
 356 SCRIPT 
= _core_
.SCRIPT
 
 358 MODERN 
= _core_
.MODERN
 
 359 TELETYPE 
= _core_
.TELETYPE
 
 360 VARIABLE 
= _core_
.VARIABLE
 
 362 NORMAL 
= _core_
.NORMAL
 
 365 ITALIC 
= _core_
.ITALIC
 
 369 LONG_DASH 
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
 
 370 SHORT_DASH 
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
 
 371 DOT_DASH 
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
 
 372 USER_DASH 
= _core_
.USER_DASH
 
 373 TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
 
 374 STIPPLE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE
 
 375 STIPPLE_MASK 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
 
 376 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 
 377 BDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 378 CROSSDIAG_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 
 379 FDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 380 CROSS_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
 
 381 HORIZONTAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 
 382 VERTICAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
 
 383 JOIN_BEVEL 
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
 
 384 JOIN_MITER 
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
 
 385 JOIN_ROUND 
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
 
 386 CAP_ROUND 
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
 
 387 CAP_PROJECTING 
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
 
 388 CAP_BUTT 
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
 
 391 INVERT 
= _core_
.INVERT
 
 392 OR_REVERSE 
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
 
 393 AND_REVERSE 
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
 
 396 AND_INVERT 
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
 
 400 SRC_INVERT 
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
 
 401 OR_INVERT 
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
 
 405 WXK_BACK 
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
 
 406 WXK_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
 
 407 WXK_RETURN 
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
 
 408 WXK_ESCAPE 
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
 
 409 WXK_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
 
 410 WXK_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
 
 411 WXK_START 
= _core_
.WXK_START
 
 412 WXK_LBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
 
 413 WXK_RBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
 
 414 WXK_CANCEL 
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
 
 415 WXK_MBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
 
 416 WXK_CLEAR 
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
 
 417 WXK_SHIFT 
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
 
 418 WXK_ALT 
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
 
 419 WXK_CONTROL 
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
 
 420 WXK_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
 
 421 WXK_PAUSE 
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
 
 422 WXK_CAPITAL 
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
 
 423 WXK_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
 
 424 WXK_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
 
 425 WXK_END 
= _core_
.WXK_END
 
 426 WXK_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
 
 427 WXK_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
 
 428 WXK_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_UP
 
 429 WXK_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
 
 430 WXK_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
 
 431 WXK_SELECT 
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
 
 432 WXK_PRINT 
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
 
 433 WXK_EXECUTE 
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
 
 434 WXK_SNAPSHOT 
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 
 435 WXK_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
 
 436 WXK_HELP 
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
 
 437 WXK_NUMPAD0 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
 
 438 WXK_NUMPAD1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
 
 439 WXK_NUMPAD2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
 
 440 WXK_NUMPAD3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
 
 441 WXK_NUMPAD4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
 
 442 WXK_NUMPAD5 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
 
 443 WXK_NUMPAD6 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
 
 444 WXK_NUMPAD7 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
 
 445 WXK_NUMPAD8 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
 
 446 WXK_NUMPAD9 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
 
 447 WXK_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
 
 448 WXK_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
 
 449 WXK_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
 
 450 WXK_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
 
 451 WXK_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
 
 452 WXK_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
 
 453 WXK_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_F1
 
 454 WXK_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_F2
 
 455 WXK_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_F3
 
 456 WXK_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_F4
 
 457 WXK_F5 
= _core_
.WXK_F5
 
 458 WXK_F6 
= _core_
.WXK_F6
 
 459 WXK_F7 
= _core_
.WXK_F7
 
 460 WXK_F8 
= _core_
.WXK_F8
 
 461 WXK_F9 
= _core_
.WXK_F9
 
 462 WXK_F10 
= _core_
.WXK_F10
 
 463 WXK_F11 
= _core_
.WXK_F11
 
 464 WXK_F12 
= _core_
.WXK_F12
 
 465 WXK_F13 
= _core_
.WXK_F13
 
 466 WXK_F14 
= _core_
.WXK_F14
 
 467 WXK_F15 
= _core_
.WXK_F15
 
 468 WXK_F16 
= _core_
.WXK_F16
 
 469 WXK_F17 
= _core_
.WXK_F17
 
 470 WXK_F18 
= _core_
.WXK_F18
 
 471 WXK_F19 
= _core_
.WXK_F19
 
 472 WXK_F20 
= _core_
.WXK_F20
 
 473 WXK_F21 
= _core_
.WXK_F21
 
 474 WXK_F22 
= _core_
.WXK_F22
 
 475 WXK_F23 
= _core_
.WXK_F23
 
 476 WXK_F24 
= _core_
.WXK_F24
 
 477 WXK_NUMLOCK 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
 
 478 WXK_SCROLL 
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
 
 479 WXK_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
 
 480 WXK_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_END 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 
 504 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 
 505 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 
 506 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 
 507 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 
 508 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 
 509 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 
 510 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 
 511 WXK_COMMAND 
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
 
 512 WXK_SPECIAL1 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
 
 513 WXK_SPECIAL2 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
 
 514 WXK_SPECIAL3 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
 
 515 WXK_SPECIAL4 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
 
 516 WXK_SPECIAL5 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
 
 517 WXK_SPECIAL6 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
 
 518 WXK_SPECIAL7 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
 
 519 WXK_SPECIAL8 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
 
 520 WXK_SPECIAL9 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
 
 521 WXK_SPECIAL10 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
 
 522 WXK_SPECIAL11 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
 
 523 WXK_SPECIAL12 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
 
 524 WXK_SPECIAL13 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
 
 525 WXK_SPECIAL14 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
 
 526 WXK_SPECIAL15 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
 
 527 WXK_SPECIAL16 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
 
 528 WXK_SPECIAL17 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
 
 529 WXK_SPECIAL18 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
 
 530 WXK_SPECIAL19 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
 
 531 WXK_SPECIAL20 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
 
 532 PAPER_NONE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
 
 533 PAPER_LETTER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
 
 534 PAPER_LEGAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
 
 535 PAPER_A4 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
 
 536 PAPER_CSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
 
 537 PAPER_DSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
 
 538 PAPER_ESHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
 
 539 PAPER_LETTERSMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 
 540 PAPER_TABLOID 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
 
 541 PAPER_LEDGER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
 
 542 PAPER_STATEMENT 
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
 
 543 PAPER_EXECUTIVE 
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 
 544 PAPER_A3 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
 
 545 PAPER_A4SMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
 
 546 PAPER_A5 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
 
 547 PAPER_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
 
 548 PAPER_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
 
 549 PAPER_FOLIO 
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
 
 550 PAPER_QUARTO 
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
 
 551 PAPER_10X14 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
 
 552 PAPER_11X17 
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
 
 553 PAPER_NOTE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
 
 554 PAPER_ENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
 
 555 PAPER_ENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
 
 556 PAPER_ENV_11 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
 
 557 PAPER_ENV_12 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
 
 558 PAPER_ENV_14 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
 
 559 PAPER_ENV_DL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
 
 560 PAPER_ENV_C5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
 
 561 PAPER_ENV_C3 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
 
 562 PAPER_ENV_C4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
 
 563 PAPER_ENV_C6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
 
 564 PAPER_ENV_C65 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
 
 565 PAPER_ENV_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
 
 566 PAPER_ENV_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
 
 567 PAPER_ENV_B6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
 
 568 PAPER_ENV_ITALY 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 
 569 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 
 570 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 
 571 PAPER_FANFOLD_US 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 
 572 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 
 573 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 
 574 PAPER_ISO_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
 
 575 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 576 PAPER_9X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
 
 577 PAPER_10X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
 
 578 PAPER_15X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
 
 579 PAPER_ENV_INVITE 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 
 580 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 
 581 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 
 582 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 
 583 PAPER_A4_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 
 584 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 
 585 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 
 586 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 587 PAPER_A_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
 
 588 PAPER_B_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
 
 589 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 
 590 PAPER_A4_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 
 591 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 
 592 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 
 593 PAPER_A3_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 
 594 PAPER_A5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 
 595 PAPER_B5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 
 596 PAPER_A2 
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
 
 597 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 
 598 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 599 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 600 PAPER_A6 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6
 
 601 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 
 602 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 
 603 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 
 604 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 
 605 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 
 606 PAPER_A3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 
 607 PAPER_A4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 
 608 PAPER_A5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 
 609 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 
 610 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 
 611 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 612 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 613 PAPER_A6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 
 614 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 
 615 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 
 616 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 
 617 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 
 618 PAPER_B6_JIS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS
 
 619 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 
 620 PAPER_12X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_12X11
 
 621 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 
 622 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 
 623 PAPER_P16K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K
 
 624 PAPER_P32K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K
 
 625 PAPER_P32KBIG 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG
 
 626 PAPER_PENV_1 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1
 
 627 PAPER_PENV_2 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2
 
 628 PAPER_PENV_3 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3
 
 629 PAPER_PENV_4 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4
 
 630 PAPER_PENV_5 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5
 
 631 PAPER_PENV_6 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6
 
 632 PAPER_PENV_7 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7
 
 633 PAPER_PENV_8 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8
 
 634 PAPER_PENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9
 
 635 PAPER_PENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10
 
 636 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 
 637 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 
 638 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 
 639 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 
 640 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 
 641 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 
 642 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 
 643 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 
 644 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 
 645 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 
 646 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 
 647 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 
 648 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 
 649 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 
 650 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 
 651 DUPLEX_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 
 652 ITEM_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 
 653 ITEM_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
 
 654 ITEM_CHECK 
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
 
 655 ITEM_RADIO 
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
 
 656 ITEM_MAX 
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
 
 657 HT_NOWHERE 
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
 
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 
 663 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 
 664 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 
 665 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 
 666 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 
 667 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 
 668 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 
 669 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 
 670 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 
 671 HT_WINDOW_CORNER 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 
 672 HT_MAX 
= _core_
.HT_MAX
 
 673 MOD_NONE 
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
 
 674 MOD_ALT 
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
 
 675 MOD_CONTROL 
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
 
 676 MOD_SHIFT 
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
 
 677 MOD_WIN 
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
 
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 
 681 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 683 class Object(object): 
 685     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not 
 686     much functionality is needed nor exposed. 
 688     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
 690         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxObject instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 691     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 693         GetClassName(self) -> String 
 695         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI. 
 697         return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 699     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 703         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
 705         return _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 708 class ObjectPtr(Object
): 
 709     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 711         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 712         self
.__class
__ = Object
 
 713 _core_
.Object_swigregister(ObjectPtr
) 
 714 _wxPySetDictionary 
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
 
 716 _wxPyFixStockObjects 
= _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
 
 719 EmptyString 
= cvar
.EmptyString
 
 721 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 723 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 
 724 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 
 725 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 
 726 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 
 727 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 
 728 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 
 743 CURSOR_NONE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
 
 744 CURSOR_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
 
 745 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 
 746 CURSOR_BULLSEYE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 
 747 CURSOR_CHAR 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
 
 748 CURSOR_CROSS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
 
 749 CURSOR_HAND 
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
 
 750 CURSOR_IBEAM 
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
 
 751 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 
 752 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 
 753 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 
 754 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 
 755 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 
 756 CURSOR_PENCIL 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
 
 757 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 
 758 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 
 759 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 
 760 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 
 761 CURSOR_SIZENESW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 
 762 CURSOR_SIZENS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
 
 763 CURSOR_SIZENWSE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 
 764 CURSOR_SIZEWE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 
 765 CURSOR_SIZING 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
 
 766 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 
 767 CURSOR_WAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
 
 768 CURSOR_WATCH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
 
 769 CURSOR_BLANK 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
 
 770 CURSOR_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 
 771 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 
 772 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 
 773 CURSOR_MAX 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
 
 774 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 778     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of 
 779     something.  It simply contians integer width and height 
 780     proprtites.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is 
 781     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead. 
 784         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 785     width 
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
) 
 786     height 
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
) 
 787     x 
= width
; y 
= height 
 
 788     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 790         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size 
 792         Creates a size object. 
 794         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 795         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 798     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Size
): 
 801             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 804     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 806         __eq__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 808         Test for equality of wx.Size objects. 
 810         return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 812     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 814         __ne__(self, Size sz) -> bool 
 818         return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 820     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 822         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 824         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result. 
 826         return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 828     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 830         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 832         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result. 
 834         return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 836     def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 840         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less 
 841         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 843         return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 845     def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 849         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater 
 850         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 852         return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 854     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 856         Set(self, int w, int h) 
 858         Set both width and height. 
 860         return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 862     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 863         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
 864         return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 866     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 867         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
 868         return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 870     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 871         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
 872         return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 874     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 875         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
 876         return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 878     def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 880         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool 
 882         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values. 
 884         return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 886     def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 888         SetDefaults(self, Size size) 
 890         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components 
 891         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other. 
 893         return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 895     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 897         Get() -> (width,height) 
 899         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple. 
 901         return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 903     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
 904     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
 905     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get()) 
 906     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
 907     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
 908     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
 909         if index 
== 0: self
.width 
= val
 
 910         elif index 
== 1: self
.height 
= val
 
 911         else: raise IndexError 
 912     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
 913     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
 914     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get()) 
 918     def __init__(self
, this
): 
 920         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
 921         self
.__class
__ = Size
 
 922 _core_
.Size_swigregister(SizePtr
) 
 924 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 926 class RealPoint(object): 
 928     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating 
 929     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a 
 930     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
 933         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRealPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
 934     x 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
) 
 935     y 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
) 
 936     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
 938         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint 
 940         Create a wx.RealPoint object 
 942         newobj 
= _core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 943         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
 946     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_RealPoint
): 
 949             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
 952     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 954         __eq__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 956         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 958         return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 960     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 962         __ne__(self, RealPoint pt) -> bool 
 964         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 966         return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 968     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 970         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 972         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
 974         return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 976     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 978         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 980         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
 982         return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 984     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 986         Set(self, double x, double y) 
 988         Set both the x and y properties 
 990         return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 992     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 996         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
 998         return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1000     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1001     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1002     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get()) 
1003     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1004     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1005     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1006         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1007         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1008         else: raise IndexError 
1009     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1010     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1011     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get()) 
1014 class RealPointPtr(RealPoint
): 
1015     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1017         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1018         self
.__class
__ = RealPoint
 
1019 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPointPtr
) 
1021 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1023 class Point(object): 
1025     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x 
1026     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can 
1027     also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
1030         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1031     x 
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
) 
1032     y 
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
) 
1033     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1035         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point 
1037         Create a wx.Point object 
1039         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1040         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1043     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Point
): 
1046             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1049     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1051         __eq__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1053         Test for equality of wx.Point objects. 
1055         return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1057     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1059         __ne__(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1061         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects. 
1063         return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1065     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1067         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1069         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
1071         return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1073     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1075         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1077         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
1079         return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1081     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1083         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1085         Add pt to this object. 
1087         return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1089     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1091         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1093         Subtract pt from this object. 
1095         return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1097     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1099         Set(self, long x, long y) 
1101         Set both the x and y properties 
1103         return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1105     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1109         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1111         return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1113     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1114     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1115     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get()) 
1116     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1117     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1118     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1119         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1120         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1121         else: raise IndexError 
1122     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
1123     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1124     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get()) 
1127 class PointPtr(Point
): 
1128     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1130         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1131         self
.__class
__ = Point
 
1132 _core_
.Point_swigregister(PointPtr
) 
1134 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1138     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y, 
1139     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a 
1140     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple. 
1143         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxRect instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1144     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1146         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect 
1148         Create a new Rect object. 
1150         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1151         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1154     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Rect
): 
1157             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1160     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1161         """GetX(self) -> int""" 
1162         return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1164     def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1165         """SetX(self, int x)""" 
1166         return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1168     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1169         """GetY(self) -> int""" 
1170         return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1172     def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1173         """SetY(self, int y)""" 
1174         return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1176     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1177         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
1178         return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1180     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1181         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
1182         return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1184     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1185         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
1186         return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1188     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1189         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
1190         return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1192     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1193         """GetPosition(self) -> Point""" 
1194         return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1196     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1197         """SetPosition(self, Point p)""" 
1198         return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1200     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1201         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1202         return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1204     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1205         """SetSize(self, Size s)""" 
1206         return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1208     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1209         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1210         return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1212     def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1213         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1214         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1216     def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1217         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1218         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1220     def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1221         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point""" 
1222         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1224     def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1225         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)""" 
1226         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1228     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1229         """GetLeft(self) -> int""" 
1230         return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1232     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1233         """GetTop(self) -> int""" 
1234         return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1236     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1237         """GetBottom(self) -> int""" 
1238         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1240     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1241         """GetRight(self) -> int""" 
1242         return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1244     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1245         """SetLeft(self, int left)""" 
1246         return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1248     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1249         """SetRight(self, int right)""" 
1250         return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1252     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1253         """SetTop(self, int top)""" 
1254         return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1256     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1257         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)""" 
1258         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1260     position 
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
1261     size 
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
) 
1262     left 
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
) 
1263     right 
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
) 
1264     top 
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
) 
1265     bottom 
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
) 
1267     def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1269         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1271         Increases the size of the rectangle. 
1273         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved 
1274         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the 
1275         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and 
1276         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``, 
1277         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the 
1278         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective 
1281         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a 
1282         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy 
1285             copy = wx.Rect(*original) 
1290         return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1292     def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1294         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1296         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate` 
1297         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to 
1298         `Inflate` for a full description. 
1300         return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1302     def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1304         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy) 
1306         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the 
1307         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the 
1308         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively. 
1310         return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1312     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1314         Offset(self, Point pt) 
1316         Same as OffsetXY but uses dx,dy from Point 
1318         return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1320     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1322         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1324         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect. 
1326         return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1328     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1330         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1332         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect. 
1334         return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1336     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1338         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1340         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result. 
1342         return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1344     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1346         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1348         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle. 
1350         return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1352     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1354         __eq__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1358         return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1360     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1362         __ne__(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1364         Test for inequality. 
1366         return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1368     def InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1370         InsideXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool 
1372         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1374         return _core_
.Rect_InsideXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1376     def Inside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1378         Inside(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1380         Return True if the point is (not strcitly) inside the rect. 
1382         return _core_
.Rect_Inside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1384     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1386         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1388         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection. 
1390         return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1392     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
) 
1393     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
) 
1394     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
) 
1395     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
) 
1396     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1398         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) 
1400         Set all rectangle properties. 
1402         return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1404     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1406         Get() -> (x,y,width,height) 
1408         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple. 
1410         return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1412     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1413     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1414     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get()) 
1415     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1416     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1417     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1418         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1419         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1420         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1421         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val
 
1422         else: raise IndexError 
1423     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0) 
1424     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1425     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get()) 
1428 class RectPtr(Rect
): 
1429     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1431         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1432         self
.__class
__ = Rect
 
1433 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(RectPtr
) 
1435 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1437     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect 
1439     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners. 
1441     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1445 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1447     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect 
1449     Create a new Rect from a position and size. 
1451     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1455 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1457     RectS(Size size) -> Rect 
1459     Create a new Rect from a size only. 
1461     val 
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1466 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1468     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect 
1470     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2. 
1472     return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1473 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1475 class Point2D(object): 
1477     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system 
1478     with floating point values. 
1481         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPoint2D instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1482     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1484         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D 
1486         Create a w.Point2D object. 
1488         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1489         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1492     def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1498         return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1500     def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1502         GetRounded() -> (x,y) 
1506         return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1508     def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1509         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double""" 
1510         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1512     def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1513         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double""" 
1514         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1516     def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1517         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)""" 
1518         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1520     def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1521         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)""" 
1522         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1524     def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
): 
1525         self
.SetVectorLength(length
) 
1526         self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
) 
1527     def Normalize(self
): 
1528         self
.SetVectorLength(1.0) 
1530     def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1531         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1532         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1534     def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1535         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1536         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1538     def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1539         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1540         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1542     def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1543         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1544         return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1546     def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1548         __neg__(self) -> Point2D 
1550         the reflection of this point 
1552         return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1554     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1555         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1556         return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1558     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1559         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1560         return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1562     def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1563         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1564         return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1566     def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1567         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1568         return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1570     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1572         __eq__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1576         return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1578     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1580         __ne__(self, Point2D pt) -> bool 
1584         return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1586     x 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
) 
1587     y 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
) 
1588     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1589         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)""" 
1590         return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1592     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1596         Return x and y properties as a tuple. 
1598         return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1600     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1601     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1602     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1603     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1604     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1605     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1606         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1607         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1608         else: raise IndexError 
1609     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1610     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1611     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get()) 
1614 class Point2DPtr(Point2D
): 
1615     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1617         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1618         self
.__class
__ = Point2D
 
1619 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2DPtr
) 
1621 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1623     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D 
1625     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1627     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1631 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1633     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D 
1635     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1637     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1641 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1643 FromStart 
= _core_
.FromStart
 
1644 FromCurrent 
= _core_
.FromCurrent
 
1645 FromEnd 
= _core_
.FromEnd
 
1646 class InputStream(object): 
1647     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class""" 
1649         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyInputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1650     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1651         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream""" 
1652         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1653         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1656     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_InputStream
): 
1659             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1662     def close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1664         return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1666     def flush(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1668         return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1670     def eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1671         """eof(self) -> bool""" 
1672         return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1674     def read(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1675         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1676         return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1678     def readline(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1679         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1680         return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1682     def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1683         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1684         return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1686     def seek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1687         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)""" 
1688         return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1690     def tell(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1691         """tell(self) -> int""" 
1692         return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1694     def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1695         """Peek(self) -> char""" 
1696         return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1698     def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1699         """GetC(self) -> char""" 
1700         return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1702     def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1703         """LastRead(self) -> size_t""" 
1704         return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1706     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1707         """CanRead(self) -> bool""" 
1708         return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1710     def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1711         """Eof(self) -> bool""" 
1712         return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1714     def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1715         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool""" 
1716         return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1718     def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1719         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long""" 
1720         return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1722     def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1723         """TellI(self) -> long""" 
1724         return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1727 class InputStreamPtr(InputStream
): 
1728     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1730         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1731         self
.__class
__ = InputStream
 
1732 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStreamPtr
) 
1733 DefaultPosition 
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
 
1734 DefaultSize 
= cvar
.DefaultSize
 
1736 class OutputStream(object): 
1737     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class""" 
1738     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1740         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxOutputStream instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1741     def write(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1742         """write(self, PyObject obj)""" 
1743         return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1746 class OutputStreamPtr(OutputStream
): 
1747     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1749         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1750         self
.__class
__ = OutputStream
 
1751 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStreamPtr
) 
1753 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1755 class FSFile(Object
): 
1756     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class""" 
1758         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFSFile instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1759     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1761         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,  
1762             DateTime modif) -> FSFile 
1764         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1765         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1768         self
.thisown 
= 0   # It will normally be deleted by the user of the wx.FileSystem 
1770     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FSFile
): 
1773             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1776     def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1777         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream""" 
1778         return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1780     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1781         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
1782         return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1784     def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1785         """GetLocation(self) -> String""" 
1786         return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1788     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1789         """GetAnchor(self) -> String""" 
1790         return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1792     def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1793         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime""" 
1794         return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1797 class FSFilePtr(FSFile
): 
1798     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1800         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1801         self
.__class
__ = FSFile
 
1802 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFilePtr
) 
1804 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object): 
1805     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class""" 
1806     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
1808         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1810 class CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1811     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1813         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1814         self
.__class
__ = CPPFileSystemHandler
 
1815 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1817 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1818     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class""" 
1820         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyFileSystemHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1821     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1822         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler""" 
1823         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1824         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1827         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, FileSystemHandler
) 
1829     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1830         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
1831         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1833     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1834         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1835         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1837     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1838         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1839         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1841     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1842         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1843         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1845     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1846         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1847         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1849     def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1850         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String""" 
1851         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1853     def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1854         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1855         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1857     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1858         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String""" 
1859         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1861     def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1862         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
1863         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1865     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1866         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String""" 
1867         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1870 class FileSystemHandlerPtr(FileSystemHandler
): 
1871     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1873         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1874         self
.__class
__ = FileSystemHandler
 
1875 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandlerPtr
) 
1877 class FileSystem(Object
): 
1878     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class""" 
1880         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFileSystem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1881     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1882         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem""" 
1883         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1884         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1887     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_FileSystem
): 
1890             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
1893     def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1894         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)""" 
1895         return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1897     def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1898         """GetPath(self) -> String""" 
1899         return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1901     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1902         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1903         return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1905     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1906         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
1907         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1909     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1910         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
1911         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1913     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1914         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1915         return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1917     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
1918     def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1919         """CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1920         return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1922     CleanUpHandlers 
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
) 
1923     def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1924         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1925         return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1927     FileNameToURL 
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
) 
1928     def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1929         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1930         return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1932     URLToFileName 
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
) 
1934 class FileSystemPtr(FileSystem
): 
1935     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1937         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1938         self
.__class
__ = FileSystem
 
1939 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystemPtr
) 
1941 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1942     """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
1943     return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1945 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1946     """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()""" 
1947     return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1949 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1950     """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
1951     return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1953 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1954     """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
1955     return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1957 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1958     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class""" 
1960         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInternetFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1961     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1962         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler""" 
1963         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1964         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1967     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1968         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1969         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1971     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1972         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1973         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1976 class InternetFSHandlerPtr(InternetFSHandler
): 
1977     def __init__(self
, this
): 
1979         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
1980         self
.__class
__ = InternetFSHandler
 
1981 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandlerPtr
) 
1983 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
1984     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class""" 
1986         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxZipFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
1987     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
1988         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler""" 
1989         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1990         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
1993     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1994         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
1995         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1997     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1998         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
1999         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2001     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2002         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2003         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2005     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2006         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2007         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2010 class ZipFSHandlerPtr(ZipFSHandler
): 
2011     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2013         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2014         self
.__class
__ = ZipFSHandler
 
2015 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandlerPtr
) 
2018 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2019     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)""" 
2020     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2022 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2023     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)""" 
2024     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2026 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2027     """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)""" 
2028     return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2029 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1): 
2031     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can 
2032     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain 
2033     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType 
2034     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be 
2035     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc. 
2037     if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
): 
2038         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2039     elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
): 
2040         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2041     elif type(dataItem
) == str: 
2042         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
) 
2044         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected' 
2046 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2047     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class""" 
2049         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMemoryFSHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2050     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2051         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler""" 
2052         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2053         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2056     def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2057         """RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2058         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2060     RemoveFile 
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
) 
2061     AddFile 
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)  
2062     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2063         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2064         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2066     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2067         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2068         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2070     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2071         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2072         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2074     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2075         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2076         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2079 class MemoryFSHandlerPtr(MemoryFSHandler
): 
2080     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2082         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2083         self
.__class
__ = MemoryFSHandler
 
2084 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandlerPtr
) 
2086 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2087     """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2088     return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2090 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
 
2091 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
 
2092 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
 
2093 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2095 class ImageHandler(Object
): 
2097     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2098     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not 
2099     normally seen by the application. 
2101     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
2103         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2104     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2105         """GetName(self) -> String""" 
2106         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2108     def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2109         """GetExtension(self) -> String""" 
2110         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2112     def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2113         """GetType(self) -> long""" 
2114         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2116     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2117         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2118         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2120     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2121         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool""" 
2122         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2124     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2125         """SetName(self, String name)""" 
2126         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2128     def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2129         """SetExtension(self, String extension)""" 
2130         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2132     def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2133         """SetType(self, long type)""" 
2134         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2136     def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2137         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)""" 
2138         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2141 class ImageHandlerPtr(ImageHandler
): 
2142     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2144         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2145         self
.__class
__ = ImageHandler
 
2146 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandlerPtr
) 
2148 class ImageHistogram(object): 
2149     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class""" 
2151         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImageHistogram instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2152     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2153         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram""" 
2154         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2155         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2158     def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2160         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2162         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2164         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2166     MakeKey 
= staticmethod(MakeKey
) 
2167     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2169         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2171         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2172         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2173         success flag and rgb values. 
2175         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2177     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2179         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long 
2181         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a 
2182         key value from a RGB tripple. 
2184         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2186     def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2188         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2190         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values. 
2192         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2194     def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2196         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long 
2198         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value. 
2200         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2203 class ImageHistogramPtr(ImageHistogram
): 
2204     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2206         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2207         self
.__class
__ = ImageHistogram
 
2208 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogramPtr
) 
2210 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2212     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2214     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2216     return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2218 class Image(Object
): 
2220     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from 
2221     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a 
2222     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image 
2223     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation. 
2225     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a 
2226     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the 
2227     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a 
2228     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`. 
2230     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will 
2231     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the 
2234     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte 
2235     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also 
2236     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0 
2237     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255 
2238     means that the pixel is 100% opaque. 
2240     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using 
2241     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel 
2242     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files 
2243     with transparency information will have an alpha channel. 
2246         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxImage instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
2247     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
2249         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2251         Loads an image from a file. 
2253         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2254         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
2257     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Image
): 
2260             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
2263     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2265         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True) 
2267         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be 
2268         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized. 
2270         return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2272     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2276         Destroys the image data. 
2278         return _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2280     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2282         Scale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2284         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling 
2285         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a 
2286         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`. 
2288         return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2290     def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2292         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image 
2294         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors. 
2296         return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2298     def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2300         Rescale(self, int width, int height) -> Image 
2302         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to 
2303         this function, the image will have the given width and height. 
2305         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2307         return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2309     def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2311         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2313         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding 
2314         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2315         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2316         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new 
2317         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2318         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2319         newly exposed areas. 
2321         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2323         return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2325     def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2327         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2329         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs 
2330         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to 
2331         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that 
2332         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to 
2333         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method. 
2335         return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2337     def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2339         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2341         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine 
2342         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a 
2343         safe way to manipulate the data. 
2345         return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2347     def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2349         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2351         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate. 
2353         return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2355     def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2357         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2359         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate. 
2361         return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2363     def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2365         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2367         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate. 
2369         return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2371     def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2373         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha) 
2375         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be 
2376         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check 
2379         return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2381     def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2383         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2385         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be 
2386         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for 
2389         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0 
2390         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to 
2391         the fully opaque pixels. 
2393         return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2395     def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2397         HasAlpha(self) -> bool 
2399         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise. 
2401         return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2403     def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2407         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if 
2408         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by 
2409         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image 
2410         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent. 
2412         return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2414     def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2416         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2418         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less 
2419         than the spcified threshold. 
2421         return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2423     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2425         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2427         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2428         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2429         success flag and rgb values. 
2431         return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2433     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2435         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2437         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All 
2438         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the 
2439         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is 
2440         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`. 
2442         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does 
2445         return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2447     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2449         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool 
2451         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is 
2452         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey) 
2453         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC 
2454         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although 
2455         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This 
2456         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text. 
2457         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given. 
2459         return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2461     def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2463         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool 
2465         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of 
2466         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done 
2467         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as 
2468         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the 
2469         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value. 
2471         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the 
2472         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the 
2473         mask was successfully applied. 
2475         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is 
2476         computationally intensive operation. 
2478         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2480     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2482         CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2484         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2486         return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2488     CanRead 
= staticmethod(CanRead
) 
2489     def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2491         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2493         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2494         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2495         the number of available images. 
2497         return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2499     GetImageCount 
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
) 
2500     def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2502         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2504         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the 
2505         library will try to autodetect the format. 
2507         return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2509     def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2511         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2513         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type 
2516         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2518     def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2520         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool 
2522         Saves an image in the named file. 
2524         return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2526     def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2528         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool 
2530         Saves an image in the named file. 
2532         return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2534     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2536         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
2538         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
2539         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
2542         return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2544     CanReadStream 
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
) 
2545     def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2547         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2549         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2550         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to 
2551         autodetect the format. 
2553         return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2555     def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2557         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2559         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2560         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format. 
2562         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2564     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2568         Returns true if image data is present. 
2570         return _core_
.Image_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2572     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2574         GetWidth(self) -> int 
2576         Gets the width of the image in pixels. 
2578         return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2580     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2582         GetHeight(self) -> int 
2584         Gets the height of the image in pixels. 
2586         return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2588     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2590         GetSize(self) -> Size 
2592         Returns the size of the image in pixels. 
2594         return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2596     def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2598         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image 
2600         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs 
2601         entirely to the image. 
2603         return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2605     def Size(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2607         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2609         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding 
2610         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2611         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2612         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new 
2613         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2614         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2615         newly exposed areas. 
2617         return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2619     def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2623         Returns an identical copy of the image. 
2625         return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2627     def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2629         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y) 
2631         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour 
2632         and any out of bounds problems. 
2634         return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2636     def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2638         GetData(self) -> PyObject 
2640         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image. 
2642         return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2644     def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2646         SetData(self, buffer data) 
2648         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts 
2649         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of 
2650         the data must be width*height*3. 
2652         return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2654     def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2656         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
2658         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB 
2659         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do 
2660         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
2662         return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2664     def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2666         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data) 
2668         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer 
2669         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
2670         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does. 
2672         return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2674     def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2676         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject 
2678         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image. 
2680         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2682     def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2684         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha) 
2686         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either 
2687         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the 
2688         data must be width*height. 
2690         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2692     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2693         """GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject""" 
2694         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2696     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2697         """SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha)""" 
2698         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2700     def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2702         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2704         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the 
2707         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2709     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2711         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b) 
2713         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour. 
2715         return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2717     def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2719         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte 
2721         Gets the red component of the mask colour. 
2723         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2725     def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2727         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte 
2729         Gets the green component of the mask colour. 
2731         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2733     def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2735         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte 
2737         Gets the blue component of the mask colour. 
2739         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2741     def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2743         SetMask(self, bool mask=True) 
2745         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is 
2746         determined by the current mask colour. 
2748         return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2750     def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2752         HasMask(self) -> bool 
2754         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise. 
2756         return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2758     def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2760         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,  
2761             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image 
2763         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing 
2764         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is 
2765         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the 
2766         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black 
2767         will be used as the fill colour. 
2769         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. 
2771         return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2773     def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2775         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image 
2777         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction 
2778         indicated by ``clockwise``. 
2780         return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2782     def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2784         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image 
2786         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally`` 
2787         indicates the orientation. 
2789         return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2791     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2793         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2) 
2795         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour 
2798         return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2800     def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2802         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image 
2804         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has 
2805         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black 
2806         colour everywhere else. 
2808         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2810     def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2812         SetOption(self, String name, String value) 
2814         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a 
2815         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a 
2816         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good). 
2818         return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2820     def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2822         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value) 
2824         Sets an image option as an integer. 
2826         return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2828     def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2830         GetOption(self, String name) -> String 
2832         Gets the value of an image handler option. 
2834         return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2836     def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2838         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int 
2840         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given 
2841         option is not present, the function returns 0. 
2843         return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2845     def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2847         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool 
2849         Returns true if the given option is present. 
2851         return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2853     def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2854         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long""" 
2855         return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2857     def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2858         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long""" 
2859         return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2861     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2862         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
2863         return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2865     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
2866     def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2867         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
2868         return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2870     InsertHandler 
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
) 
2871     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2872         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
2873         return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2875     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
2876     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2878         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
2880         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
2881         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
2884         return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2886     GetImageExtWildcard 
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
) 
2887     def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2888         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap""" 
2889         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2891     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2892         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap""" 
2893         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2895     def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.Ok()  
2897 class ImagePtr(Image
): 
2898     def __init__(self
, this
): 
2900         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
2901         self
.__class
__ = Image
 
2902 _core_
.Image_swigregister(ImagePtr
) 
2904 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2906     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
2908     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as 
2909     'image/jpeg') to specify image type. 
2911     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2915 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2917     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2919     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
2922     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2926 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2928     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
2930     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
2931     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string. 
2933     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2937 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2939     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image 
2941     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all 
2944     val 
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2948 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2950     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image 
2952     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`. 
2954     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2958 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2960     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image 
2962     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a 
2963     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data 
2964     must be width*height*3. 
2966     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2970 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2972     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image 
2974     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel. 
2975     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the 
2976     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the 
2977     alpha data must be width*height bytes. 
2979     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2983 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2985     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2987     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2989     return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2991 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2993     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2995     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2996     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2997     the number of available images. 
2999     return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3001 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3003     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
3005     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
3006     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
3009     return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3011 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3012     """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3013     return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3015 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3016     """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3017     return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3019 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3020     """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3021     return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3023 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3025     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3027     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3028     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3031     return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3033 def InitAllImageHandlers(): 
3035     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to 
3036     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP. 
3040 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
 
3041 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
 
3042 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
 
3043 PNG_TYPE_GREY 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
 
3044 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
 
3045 BMP_24BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
 
3046 BMP_8BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
 
3047 BMP_8BPP_GREY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
 
3048 BMP_8BPP_GRAY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
 
3049 BMP_8BPP_RED 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
 
3050 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
 
3051 BMP_4BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
 
3052 BMP_1BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
 
3053 BMP_1BPP_BW 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
 
3054 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3055     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.""" 
3057         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBMPHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3058     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3060         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler 
3062         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files. 
3064         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3065         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3069 class BMPHandlerPtr(BMPHandler
): 
3070     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3072         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3073         self
.__class
__ = BMPHandler
 
3074 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandlerPtr
) 
3075 NullImage 
= cvar
.NullImage
 
3076 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
 
3077 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
 
3078 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
 
3079 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
 
3080 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
 
3081 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
 
3082 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
 
3083 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
 
3084 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
 
3085 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
 
3086 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
 
3087 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
 
3088 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
 
3089 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
 
3090 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
 
3092 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
): 
3093     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.""" 
3095         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxICOHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3096     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3098         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler 
3100         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files. 
3102         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3103         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3107 class ICOHandlerPtr(ICOHandler
): 
3108     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3110         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3111         self
.__class
__ = ICOHandler
 
3112 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandlerPtr
) 
3114 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
): 
3115     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.""" 
3117         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCURHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3118     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3120         __init__(self) -> CURHandler 
3122         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files. 
3124         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3125         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3129 class CURHandlerPtr(CURHandler
): 
3130     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3132         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3133         self
.__class
__ = CURHandler
 
3134 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandlerPtr
) 
3136 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
): 
3137     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.""" 
3139         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxANIHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3140     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3142         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler 
3144         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files. 
3146         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3147         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3151 class ANIHandlerPtr(ANIHandler
): 
3152     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3154         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3155         self
.__class
__ = ANIHandler
 
3156 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandlerPtr
) 
3158 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3159     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.""" 
3161         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3162     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3164         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler 
3166         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files. 
3168         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3169         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3173 class PNGHandlerPtr(PNGHandler
): 
3174     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3176         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3177         self
.__class
__ = PNGHandler
 
3178 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandlerPtr
) 
3180 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3181     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.""" 
3183         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGIFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3184     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3186         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler 
3188         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files. 
3190         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3191         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3195 class GIFHandlerPtr(GIFHandler
): 
3196     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3198         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3199         self
.__class
__ = GIFHandler
 
3200 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandlerPtr
) 
3202 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3203     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.""" 
3205         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPCXHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3206     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3208         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler 
3210         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files. 
3212         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3213         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3217 class PCXHandlerPtr(PCXHandler
): 
3218     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3220         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3221         self
.__class
__ = PCXHandler
 
3222 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandlerPtr
) 
3224 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3225     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.""" 
3227         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxJPEGHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3228     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3230         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler 
3232         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files. 
3234         newobj 
= _core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3235         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3239 class JPEGHandlerPtr(JPEGHandler
): 
3240     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3242         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3243         self
.__class
__ = JPEGHandler
 
3244 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandlerPtr
) 
3246 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3247     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.""" 
3249         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPNMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3250     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3252         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler 
3254         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files. 
3256         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3257         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3261 class PNMHandlerPtr(PNMHandler
): 
3262     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3264         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3265         self
.__class
__ = PNMHandler
 
3266 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandlerPtr
) 
3268 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3269     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.""" 
3271         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxXPMHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3272     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3274         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler 
3276         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image. 
3278         newobj 
= _core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3279         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3283 class XPMHandlerPtr(XPMHandler
): 
3284     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3286         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3287         self
.__class
__ = XPMHandler
 
3288 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandlerPtr
) 
3290 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3291     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.""" 
3293         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxTIFFHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3294     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3296         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler 
3298         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files. 
3300         newobj 
= _core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3301         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3305 class TIFFHandlerPtr(TIFFHandler
): 
3306     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3308         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3309         self
.__class
__ = TIFFHandler
 
3310 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandlerPtr
) 
3312 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
 
3313 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
 
3314 class Quantize(object): 
3315     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage.""" 
3316     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
3318         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQuantize instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3319     def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3321         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3323         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3324         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3325         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3327         return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3329     Quantize 
= staticmethod(Quantize
) 
3331 class QuantizePtr(Quantize
): 
3332     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3334         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3335         self
.__class
__ = Quantize
 
3336 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(QuantizePtr
) 
3338 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3340     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3342     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3343     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3344     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3346     return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3348 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3350 class EvtHandler(Object
): 
3351     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class""" 
3353         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvtHandler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3354     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3355         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3356         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3357         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
3360     def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3361         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3362         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3364     def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3365         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3366         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3368     def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3369         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3370         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3372     def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3373         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3374         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3376     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3377         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
3378         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3380     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3381         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)""" 
3382         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3384     def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3385         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool""" 
3386         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3388     def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3389         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)""" 
3390         return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3392     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3393         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)""" 
3394         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3396     def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3397         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)""" 
3398         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3400     def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3401         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool""" 
3402         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3404     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3405         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)""" 
3406         return _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3408     def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3410         Bind an event to an event handler. 
3412         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the 
3413                       type of event to bind, 
3415         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the 
3416                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to 
3417                       disconnect an event handler. 
3419         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a 
3420                       different window than self, but you still 
3421                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a 
3422                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By 
3423                       passing the source of the event, the event 
3424                       handling system is able to differentiate 
3425                       between the same event type from different 
3428         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead 
3431         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler 
3432                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE. 
3434         if source 
is not None: 
3436         event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)               
3438     def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3440         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self. 
3441         Returns True if successful. 
3443         if source 
is not None: 
3445         return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)               
3448 class EvtHandlerPtr(EvtHandler
): 
3449     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3451         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3452         self
.__class
__ = EvtHandler
 
3453 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandlerPtr
) 
3455 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3457 class PyEventBinder(object): 
3459     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event 
3462     def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0): 
3463         if expectedIDs 
not in [0, 1, 2]: 
3464             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs" 
3465         self
.expectedIDs 
= expectedIDs
 
3467         if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple: 
3468             self
.evtType 
= evtType
 
3470             self
.evtType 
= [evtType
] 
3473     def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
): 
3474         """Bind this set of event types to target.""" 
3475         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3476             target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
) 
3479     def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
): 
3480         """Remove an event binding.""" 
3482         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3483             success 
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
) 
3487     def __call__(self
, *args
): 
3489         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions. 
3490         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID, 
3491         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the 
3494         assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
 
3498         if self
.expectedIDs 
== 0: 
3500         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 1: 
3503         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 2: 
3508             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs" 
3510         self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
) 
3513 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole... 
3514 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
): 
3515     win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
) 
3516 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
): 
3517     win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
) 
3520 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3522 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3524 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
 
3525 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
 
3527 def NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3528     """NewEventType() -> wxEventType""" 
3529     return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3530 wxEVT_NULL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
 
3531 wxEVT_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
 
3532 wxEVT_USER_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
 
3533 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
 
3534 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
 
3535 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
 
3536 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
 
3537 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
 
3538 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
 
3539 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
 
3540 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
 
3541 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
 
3542 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
 
3543 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
 
3544 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
 
3545 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
 
3546 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
 
3547 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
 
3548 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
 
3549 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
 
3550 wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
 
3551 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3552 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
 
3553 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3554 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
 
3555 wxEVT_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
 
3556 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3557 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3558 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3559 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3560 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3561 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
 
3562 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
 
3563 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
 
3564 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
 
3565 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
 
3566 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
 
3567 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3568 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
 
3569 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3570 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
 
3571 wxEVT_NC_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
 
3572 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3573 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3574 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3575 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3576 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3577 wxEVT_CHAR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
 
3578 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
 
3579 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
 
3580 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
 
3581 wxEVT_KEY_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
 
3582 wxEVT_HOTKEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
 
3583 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
 
3584 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
 
3585 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
 
3586 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
 
3587 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
 
3588 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
 
3589 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
 
3590 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
 
3591 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
 
3592 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3593 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
 
3594 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
 
3595 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
 
3596 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
 
3597 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
 
3598 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
 
3599 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
 
3600 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
 
3601 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
 
3602 wxEVT_SIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
 
3603 wxEVT_MOVE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
 
3604 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
 
3605 wxEVT_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
 
3606 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
 
3607 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
 
3608 wxEVT_POWER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_POWER
 
3609 wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
 
3610 wxEVT_CREATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
 
3611 wxEVT_DESTROY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
 
3612 wxEVT_SHOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
 
3613 wxEVT_ICONIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
 
3614 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
 
3615 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
 
3616 wxEVT_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
 
3617 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
 
3618 wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
 
3619 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
 
3620 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
 
3621 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
 
3622 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
 
3623 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
 
3624 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
 
3625 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
 
3626 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
 
3627 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
 
3628 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
 
3629 wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
 
3630 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
 
3631 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
 
3632 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
 
3633 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
 
3634 wxEVT_IDLE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
 
3635 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI 
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
 
3636 wxEVT_SIZING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
 
3637 wxEVT_MOVING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
 
3638 wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
 
3639 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
 
3640 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3641 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
 
3642 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3643 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
 
3644 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
 
3645 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
 
3647 # Create some event binders 
3648 EVT_SIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE 
) 
3649 EVT_SIZING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING 
) 
3650 EVT_MOVE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE 
) 
3651 EVT_MOVING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING 
) 
3652 EVT_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
) 
3653 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3654 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3655 EVT_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT 
) 
3656 EVT_NC_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
) 
3657 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
) 
3658 EVT_CHAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR 
) 
3659 EVT_KEY_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
) 
3660 EVT_KEY_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP 
) 
3661 EVT_HOTKEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1)  
3662 EVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
) 
3663 EVT_MENU_OPEN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
) 
3664 EVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
) 
3665 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1) 
3666 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
) 
3667 EVT_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
) 
3668 EVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
) 
3669 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
) 
3670 EVT_ACTIVATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
) 
3671 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
) 
3672 EVT_HIBERNATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
)      
3673 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
3674 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
3675 EVT_DROP_FILES 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
) 
3676 EVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
) 
3677 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
) 
3678 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
) 
3679 EVT_SHOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW 
) 
3680 EVT_MAXIMIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
) 
3681 EVT_ICONIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE 
) 
3682 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
) 
3683 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
) 
3684 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
) 
3685 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE 
) 
3686 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY 
) 
3687 EVT_SET_CURSOR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
) 
3688 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
) 
3690 EVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
) 
3691 EVT_LEFT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
) 
3692 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
) 
3693 EVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
) 
3694 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
) 
3695 EVT_RIGHT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
) 
3696 EVT_MOTION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION 
) 
3697 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
) 
3698 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
) 
3699 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
) 
3700 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
) 
3701 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
) 
3702 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
) 
3704 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
, 
3712                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
, 
3720 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) 
3721 EVT_SCROLLWIN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
,  
3722                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
, 
3723                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
, 
3724                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
, 
3725                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
,  
3726                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
, 
3727                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
, 
3728                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3731 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
) 
3732 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
) 
3733 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
) 
3734 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
) 
3735 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
) 
3736 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3737 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3738 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3740 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar 
3741 EVT_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3742                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3743                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3744                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3745                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3746                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3747                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3748                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
,  
3749                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
3752 EVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
) 
3753 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
) 
3754 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
) 
3755 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
) 
3756 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
) 
3757 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
) 
3758 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
) 
3759 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
3760 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
) 
3761 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3763 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id 
3764 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
,  
3765                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
,  
3766                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
,  
3767                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
,  
3768                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
,  
3769                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
,  
3770                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
,  
3771                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
3772                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
3775 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1) 
3776 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1) 
3777 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1) 
3778 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1) 
3779 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1) 
3780 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1) 
3781 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1) 
3782 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1) 
3783 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 1) 
3784 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3786 EVT_BUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1) 
3787 EVT_CHECKBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1) 
3788 EVT_CHOICE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1) 
3789 EVT_LISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3790 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1) 
3791 EVT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1) 
3792 EVT_MENU_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2) 
3793 EVT_SLIDER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1) 
3794 EVT_RADIOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3795 EVT_RADIOBUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1) 
3797 EVT_SCROLLBAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1) 
3798 EVT_VLBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3799 EVT_COMBOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
3800 EVT_TOOL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1) 
3801 EVT_TOOL_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2) 
3802 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1) 
3803 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2) 
3804 EVT_TOOL_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1) 
3805 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1) 
3808 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1) 
3809 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1) 
3810 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1) 
3811 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1) 
3812 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1) 
3813 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1) 
3814 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1) 
3816 EVT_IDLE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE 
) 
3818 EVT_UPDATE_UI 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1) 
3819 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2) 
3821 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
) 
3825 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3827 class Event(Object
): 
3829     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a 
3830     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for 
3833     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
3835         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3836     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_Event
): 
3839             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
3842     def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3844         SetEventType(self, wxEventType typ) 
3846         Sets the specific type of the event. 
3848         return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3850     def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3852         GetEventType(self) -> wxEventType 
3854         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as 
3855         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``. 
3857         return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3859     def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3861         GetEventObject(self) -> Object 
3863         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if 
3866         return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3868     def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3870         SetEventObject(self, Object obj) 
3872         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the 
3873         object that is sending the event. 
3875         return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3877     def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3878         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long""" 
3879         return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3881     def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3882         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)""" 
3883         return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3885     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3889         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button 
3892         return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3894     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3898         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that 
3899         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu 
3902         return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3904     def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3906         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool 
3908         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else 
3909         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes. 
3911         return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3913     def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3915         Skip(self, bool skip=True) 
3917         Called by an event handler, it controls whether additional event 
3918         handlers bound to this event will be called after the current event 
3919         handler returns.  Skip(false) (the default setting) will prevent 
3920         additional event handlers from being called and control will be 
3921         returned to the sender of the event immediately after the current 
3922         handler has finished.  Skip(True) will cause the event processing 
3923         system to continue searching for a handler function for this event. 
3926         return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3928     def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3930         GetSkipped(self) -> bool 
3932         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise. 
3935         return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3937     def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3939         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool 
3941         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not, 
3942         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0. 
3944         return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3946     def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3948         StopPropagation(self) -> int 
3950         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old 
3951         propagation level value which may be later passed to 
3952         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again. 
3954         return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3956     def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3958         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel) 
3960         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For 
3961         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to 
3965         return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3967     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3968         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
3969         return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3972 class EventPtr(Event
): 
3973     def __init__(self
, this
): 
3975         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
3976         self
.__class
__ = Event
 
3977 _core_
.Event_swigregister(EventPtr
) 
3979 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3981 class PropagationDisabler(object): 
3983     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
3984     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
3985     propogation of the event will be restored. 
3988         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagationDisabler instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
3989     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
3991         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler 
3993         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
3994         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
3995         propogation of the event will be restored. 
3997         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3998         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4001     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
): 
4004             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4008 class PropagationDisablerPtr(PropagationDisabler
): 
4009     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4011         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4012         self
.__class
__ = PropagationDisabler
 
4013 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisablerPtr
) 
4015 class PropagateOnce(object): 
4017     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4018     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4019     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4022         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPropagateOnce instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4023     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4025         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce 
4027         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4028         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4029         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4031         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4032         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4035     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
): 
4038             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
4042 class PropagateOncePtr(PropagateOnce
): 
4043     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4045         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4046         self
.__class
__ = PropagateOnce
 
4047 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOncePtr
) 
4049 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4051 class CommandEvent(Event
): 
4053     This event class contains information about command events, which 
4054     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4058         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4059     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4061         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent 
4063         This event class contains information about command events, which 
4064         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4067         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4068         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4071     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4073         GetSelection(self) -> int 
4075         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4078         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4080     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4081         """SetString(self, String s)""" 
4082         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4084     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4086         GetString(self) -> String 
4088         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4091         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4093     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4095         IsChecked(self) -> bool 
4097         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the 
4098         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false 
4099         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if 
4100         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only 
4101         makes sense for checkable menu items). 
4103         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4106     def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4108         IsSelection(self) -> bool 
4110         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection, 
4111         false if it is a deselection. 
4113         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4115     def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4116         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)""" 
4117         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4119     def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4121         GetExtraLong(self) -> long 
4123         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the 
4124         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining 
4125         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A 
4126         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in 
4127         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the 
4128         listbox must be examined by the application. 
4130         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4132     def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4133         """SetInt(self, int i)""" 
4134         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4136     def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4138         GetInt(self) -> long 
4140         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or 
4141         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a 
4142         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox. 
4144         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4146     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4147         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4148         return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4151 class CommandEventPtr(CommandEvent
): 
4152     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4154         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4155         self
.__class
__ = CommandEvent
 
4156 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEventPtr
) 
4158 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4160 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4162     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4163     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4164     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4165     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4168         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNotifyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4169     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4171         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent 
4173         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4174         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4175         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4176         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4178         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4179         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4182     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4186         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening. 
4188         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for 
4189         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which 
4190         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising. 
4192         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4194     def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4198         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be 
4199         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as 
4200         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this 
4201         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description). 
4203         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4205     def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4207         IsAllowed(self) -> bool 
4209         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or 
4210         false otherwise (if it was). 
4212         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4215 class NotifyEventPtr(NotifyEvent
): 
4216     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4218         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4219         self
.__class
__ = NotifyEvent
 
4220 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEventPtr
) 
4222 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4224 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4226     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone 
4227     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send 
4228     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent` 
4232         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4233     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4235         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,  
4236             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent 
4238         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4239         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4242     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4244         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4246         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4249         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4251     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4253         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4255         Returns the position of the scrollbar. 
4257         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4259     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4260         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4261         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4263     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4264         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4265         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4268 class ScrollEventPtr(ScrollEvent
): 
4269     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4271         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4272         self
.__class
__ = ScrollEvent
 
4273 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEventPtr
) 
4275 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4277 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
): 
4279     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4283         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxScrollWinEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4284     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4286         __init__(self, wxEventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent 
4288         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4291         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4292         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4295     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4297         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4299         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4302         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4304     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4306         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4308         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release 
4309         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you 
4310         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case. 
4312         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4314     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4315         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4316         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4318     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4319         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4320         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4323 class ScrollWinEventPtr(ScrollWinEvent
): 
4324     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4326         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4327         self
.__class
__ = ScrollWinEvent
 
4328 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEventPtr
) 
4330 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4332 MOUSE_BTN_ANY 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
 
4333 MOUSE_BTN_NONE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
 
4334 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
 
4335 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
 
4336 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
 
4337 class MouseEvent(Event
): 
4339     This event class contains information about the events generated by 
4340     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and 
4343     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for 
4344     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and 
4345     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have 
4346     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the 
4349     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`: 
4350     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse 
4351     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is 
4352     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the 
4353     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button 
4354     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true, 
4355     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the 
4356     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same 
4357     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well. 
4360         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4361     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4363         __init__(self, wxEventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent 
4365         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are: 
4367             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
4368             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
4374             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
4377             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
4381         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4382         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4385     def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4387         IsButton(self) -> bool 
4389         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a 
4390         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`). 
4392         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4394     def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4396         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4398         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4399         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4400         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible 
4403         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4405     def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4407         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4409         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4410         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4411         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible 
4414         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4416     def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4418         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4420         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4421         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button 
4422         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values). 
4424         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4426     def Button(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4428         Button(self, int button) -> bool 
4430         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid 
4431         values of button are: 
4433              ====================      ===================================== 
4434              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed 
4435              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed 
4436              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed 
4437              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed 
4438              ====================      ===================================== 
4441         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4443     def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4444         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool""" 
4445         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4447     def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4449         GetButton(self) -> int 
4451         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or 
4452         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or 
4453         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for 
4454         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
4455         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the 
4456         right buttons respectively. 
4458         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4460     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4462         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4464         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event. 
4466         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4468     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4470         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4472         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4474         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4476     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4478         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4480         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4482         return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4484     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4486         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4488         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4490         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4492     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4494         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4496         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4497         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4498         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4499         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4500         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this 
4501         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4502         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4504         return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4506     def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4508         LeftDown(self) -> bool 
4510         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down. 
4512         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4514     def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4516         MiddleDown(self) -> bool 
4518         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down. 
4520         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4522     def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4524         RightDown(self) -> bool 
4526         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down. 
4528         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4530     def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4532         LeftUp(self) -> bool 
4534         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up. 
4536         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4538     def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4540         MiddleUp(self) -> bool 
4542         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up. 
4544         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4546     def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4548         RightUp(self) -> bool 
4550         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up. 
4552         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4554     def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4556         LeftDClick(self) -> bool 
4558         Returns true if the event was a left button double click. 
4560         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4562     def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4564         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool 
4566         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click. 
4568         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4570     def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4572         RightDClick(self) -> bool 
4574         Returns true if the event was a right button double click. 
4576         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4578     def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4580         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool 
4582         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent 
4583         of the current event type. 
4585         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true 
4586         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the 
4587         state of the mouse button before the event happened. 
4589         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process 
4590         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still) 
4593         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4595     def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4597         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool 
4599         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent 
4600         of the current event type. 
4602         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4604     def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4606         RightIsDown(self) -> bool 
4608         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent 
4609         of the current event type. 
4611         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4613     def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4615         Dragging(self) -> bool 
4617         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is 
4620         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4622     def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4624         Moving(self) -> bool 
4626         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were 
4627         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns 
4628         false and Dragging returns true. 
4630         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4632     def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4634         Entering(self) -> bool 
4636         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window. 
4638         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4640     def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4642         Leaving(self) -> bool 
4644         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window. 
4646         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4648     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4650         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
4652         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4655         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4657     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4659         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
4661         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4664         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4666     def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4668         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point 
4670         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated 
4671         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates 
4672         that the window has been scrolled). 
4674         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4676     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4680         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4682         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4684     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4688         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
4690         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4692     def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4694         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int 
4696         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of 
4697         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to 
4698         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be 
4699         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one 
4700         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either 
4701         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values 
4702         have been accumulated before scrolling. 
4704         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4706     def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4708         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int 
4710         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be 
4711         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) 
4712         should occur for each delta. 
4714         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4716     def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4718         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int 
4720         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled 
4721         per wheel action. Defaults to three. 
4723         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4725     def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4727         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool 
4729         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with 
4730         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling. 
4732         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4734     m_x 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
) 
4735     m_y 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
) 
4736     m_leftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
) 
4737     m_middleDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
) 
4738     m_rightDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
) 
4739     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
4740     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
4741     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
4742     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
4743     m_wheelRotation 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
) 
4744     m_wheelDelta 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
) 
4745     m_linesPerAction 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
) 
4747 class MouseEventPtr(MouseEvent
): 
4748     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4750         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4751         self
.__class
__ = MouseEvent
 
4752 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEventPtr
) 
4754 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4756 class SetCursorEvent(Event
): 
4758     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set 
4759     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the 
4760     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the 
4761     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor` 
4762     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed. 
4765         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSetCursorEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4766     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4768         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent 
4770         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`. 
4772         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4773         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4776     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4780         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4782         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4784     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4788         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
4790         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4792     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4794         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) 
4796         Sets the cursor associated with this event. 
4798         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4800     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4802         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
4804         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event. 
4806         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4808     def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4810         HasCursor(self) -> bool 
4812         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor. 
4814         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4817 class SetCursorEventPtr(SetCursorEvent
): 
4818     def __init__(self
, this
): 
4820         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
4821         self
.__class
__ = SetCursorEvent
 
4822 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEventPtr
) 
4824 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4826 class KeyEvent(Event
): 
4828     This event class contains information about keypress and character 
4829     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has 
4832     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in 
4833     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference 
4834     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press 
4835     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just 
4836     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will 
4837     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only 
4838     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event 
4839     corresponding to each down one. 
4841     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event 
4842     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric 
4843     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of 
4844     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in 
4845     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the 
4846     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for 
4849     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed 
4850     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key 
4851     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key 
4852     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and 
4853     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be 
4854     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as 
4857     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code 
4858     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value 
4859     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this 
4860     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the 
4861     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly 
4862     by the system itself. 
4864     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed: 
4865     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the 
4866     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1, 
4867     the ASCII value of this key combination. 
4869     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave 
4870     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and 
4871     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard 
4874     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not 
4875     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not 
4876     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both 
4877     types of events to be a bit simpler. 
4879     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets 
4880     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and 
4881     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char 
4882     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator). 
4884     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't 
4885     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to 
4890         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
4891     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
4893         __init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent 
4895         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are: 
4898         newobj 
= _core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4899         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
4902     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4904         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4906         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event. 
4908         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4910     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4912         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4914         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4916         return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4918     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4920         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4922         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4924         return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4926     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4928         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4930         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4932         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4934     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4936         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4938         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4939         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4940         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4941         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4942         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this 
4943         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4944         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4946         return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4948     def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4950         HasModifiers(self) -> bool 
4952         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the 
4953         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither 
4954         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that 
4955         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the 
4956         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed 
4959         return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4961     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4963         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
4965         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values, 
4966         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left 
4967         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key 
4970         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if 
4971         the user entered a character that can be represented in current 
4972         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode 
4973         character using `GetUnicodeKey`. 
4975         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4977     KeyCode 
= GetKeyCode 
 
4978     def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4980         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int 
4982         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This 
4983         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython. 
4985         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4987     GetUniChar 
= GetUnicodeKey 
 
4988     def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4990         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int 
4992         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent 
4993         scan code which should only be used in advanced 
4994         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all 
4997         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4999     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5001         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int 
5003         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are 
5004         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications. 
5005         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports. 
5007         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5009     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5011         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5013         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5015         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5017     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5019         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
5021         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5023         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5025     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5029         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5032         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5034     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5038         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5041         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5043     m_x 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
) 
5044     m_y 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
) 
5045     m_keyCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
) 
5046     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
5047     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
5048     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
5049     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
5050     m_scanCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
) 
5051     m_rawCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
) 
5052     m_rawFlags 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
) 
5054 class KeyEventPtr(KeyEvent
): 
5055     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5057         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5058         self
.__class
__ = KeyEvent
 
5059 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEventPtr
) 
5061 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5063 class SizeEvent(Event
): 
5065     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE 
5066     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has 
5069     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call 
5070     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the 
5073     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is 
5074     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the 
5075     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the 
5076     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole 
5077     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to 
5078     invalidate the entire window. 
5082         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5083     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5085         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent 
5087         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``. 
5089         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5090         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5093     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5095         GetSize(self) -> Size 
5097         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change 
5100         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5102     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5103         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5104         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5106     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5107         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5108         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5110     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5111         """SetSize(self, Size size)""" 
5112         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5114     m_size 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
) 
5115     m_rect 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
) 
5117 class SizeEventPtr(SizeEvent
): 
5118     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5120         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5121         self
.__class
__ = SizeEvent
 
5122 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEventPtr
) 
5124 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5126 class MoveEvent(Event
): 
5128     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is 
5129     moved to a new position. 
5132         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMoveEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5133     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5135         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent 
5139         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5140         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5143     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5145         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5147         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event. 
5149         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5151     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5152         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5153         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5155     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5156         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5157         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5159     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5160         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)""" 
5161         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5163     m_pos 
=  property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
5164     m_rect 
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
) 
5167 class MoveEventPtr(MoveEvent
): 
5168     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5170         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5171         self
.__class
__ = MoveEvent
 
5172 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEventPtr
) 
5174 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5176 class PaintEvent(Event
): 
5178     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted. 
5179     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create 
5180     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS 
5181     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send 
5182     the event again, causing endless refreshes. 
5184     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been 
5185     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`, 
5186     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of 
5187     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some 
5188     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical, 
5193         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5194     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5195         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent""" 
5196         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5197         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5201 class PaintEventPtr(PaintEvent
): 
5202     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5204         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5205         self
.__class
__ = PaintEvent
 
5206 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEventPtr
) 
5208 class NcPaintEvent(Event
): 
5209     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class""" 
5211         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNcPaintEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5212     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5213         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent""" 
5214         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5215         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5219 class NcPaintEventPtr(NcPaintEvent
): 
5220     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5222         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5223         self
.__class
__ = NcPaintEvent
 
5224 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEventPtr
) 
5226 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5228 class EraseEvent(Event
): 
5230     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be 
5231     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event 
5232     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated 
5233     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker. 
5235     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned 
5236     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary 
5237     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that. 
5241         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEraseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5242     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5244         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent 
5248         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5249         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5252     def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5256         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If 
5257         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use 
5260         return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5263 class EraseEventPtr(EraseEvent
): 
5264     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5266         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5267         self
.__class
__ = EraseEvent
 
5268 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEventPtr
) 
5270 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5272 class FocusEvent(Event
): 
5274     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing 
5275     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it 
5276     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event. 
5278     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus 
5279     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is 
5280     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`. 
5284         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5285     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5287         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent 
5291         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5292         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5295     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5297         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5299         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the 
5300         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the 
5301         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event. 
5303         Warning: the window returned may be None! 
5305         return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5307     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5308         """SetWindow(self, Window win)""" 
5309         return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5312 class FocusEventPtr(FocusEvent
): 
5313     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5315         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5316         self
.__class
__ = FocusEvent
 
5317 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEventPtr
) 
5319 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5321 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5323     wx.ChildFocusEvent notifies the parent that a child has received the 
5324     focus.  Unlike `wx.FocusEvent` it is propagated up the window 
5328         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxChildFocusEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5329     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5331         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent 
5335         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5336         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5339     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5341         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5343         The window which has just received the focus. 
5345         return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5348 class ChildFocusEventPtr(ChildFocusEvent
): 
5349     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5351         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5352         self
.__class
__ = ChildFocusEvent
 
5353 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEventPtr
) 
5355 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5357 class ActivateEvent(Event
): 
5359     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire 
5360     application is being activated or deactivated. 
5362     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when 
5363     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the 
5364     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus. 
5365     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames 
5366     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all 
5367     application frames being inactive. 
5369     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers 
5370     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not 
5371     doing so can result in strange effects. 
5375         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxActivateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5376     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5378         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent 
5382         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5383         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5386     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5388         GetActive(self) -> bool 
5390         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false 
5393         return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5396 class ActivateEventPtr(ActivateEvent
): 
5397     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5399         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5400         self
.__class
__ = ActivateEvent
 
5401 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEventPtr
) 
5403 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5405 class InitDialogEvent(Event
): 
5407     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for 
5408     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this 
5409     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be 
5410     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler 
5411     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`. 
5414         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxInitDialogEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5415     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5417         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent 
5421         newobj 
= _core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5422         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5426 class InitDialogEventPtr(InitDialogEvent
): 
5427     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5429         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5430         self
.__class
__ = InitDialogEvent
 
5431 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEventPtr
) 
5433 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5435 class MenuEvent(Event
): 
5437     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that 
5438     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending 
5439     `wx.CommandEvent` objects. 
5441     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help 
5442     text in the first field of the status bar. 
5445         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5446     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5448         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent 
5452         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5453         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5456     def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5458         GetMenuId(self) -> int 
5460         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method 
5461         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events. 
5463         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5465     def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5467         IsPopup(self) -> bool 
5469         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a 
5470         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only 
5471         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5473         return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5475     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5477         GetMenu(self) -> Menu 
5479         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should 
5480         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5482         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5485 class MenuEventPtr(MenuEvent
): 
5486     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5488         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5489         self
.__class
__ = MenuEvent
 
5490 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEventPtr
) 
5492 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5494 class CloseEvent(Event
): 
5496     This event class contains information about window and session close 
5499     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried 
5500     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or 
5501     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself 
5502     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close` 
5505     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of 
5506     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy 
5507     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``, 
5508     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not. 
5509     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save 
5510     files or to cancel the close. 
5512     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the 
5513     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the 
5514     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending 
5515     on whether the close instruction was honored or not. 
5518         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxCloseEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5519     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5521         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent 
5525         newobj 
= _core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5526         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5529     def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5531         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff) 
5533         Sets the 'logging off' flag. 
5535         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5537     def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5539         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool 
5541         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the 
5542         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end 
5543         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close 
5546         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5548     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5550         Veto(self, bool veto=True) 
5552         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to 
5553         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen. 
5555         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true. 
5557         return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5559     def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5560         """GetVeto(self) -> bool""" 
5561         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5563     def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5565         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto) 
5567         Sets the 'can veto' flag. 
5569         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5571     def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5573         CanVeto(self) -> bool 
5575         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close 
5576         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling 
5577         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function 
5578         must be called to check this. 
5580         return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5583 class CloseEventPtr(CloseEvent
): 
5584     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5586         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5587         self
.__class
__ = CloseEvent
 
5588 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEventPtr
) 
5590 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5592 class ShowEvent(Event
): 
5593     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.""" 
5595         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxShowEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5596     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5598         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent 
5600         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden. 
5602         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5603         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5606     def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5607         """SetShow(self, bool show)""" 
5608         return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5610     def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5611         """GetShow(self) -> bool""" 
5612         return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5615 class ShowEventPtr(ShowEvent
): 
5616     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5618         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5619         self
.__class
__ = ShowEvent
 
5620 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEventPtr
) 
5622 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5624 class IconizeEvent(Event
): 
5626     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5630         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIconizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5631     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5633         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent 
5635         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5638         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5639         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5642     def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5644         Iconized(self) -> bool 
5646         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has 
5649         return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5652 class IconizeEventPtr(IconizeEvent
): 
5653     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5655         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5656         self
.__class
__ = IconizeEvent
 
5657 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEventPtr
) 
5659 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5661 class MaximizeEvent(Event
): 
5662     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.""" 
5664         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMaximizeEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5665     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5667         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent 
5669         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored. 
5671         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5672         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5676 class MaximizeEventPtr(MaximizeEvent
): 
5677     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5679         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5680         self
.__class
__ = MaximizeEvent
 
5681 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEventPtr
) 
5683 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5685 class DropFilesEvent(Event
): 
5687     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have 
5688     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available 
5689     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for 
5690     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`. 
5692     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general 
5693     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This 
5694     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of 
5697     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop 
5701     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
5703         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDropFilesEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5704     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5706         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5708         Returns the position at which the files were dropped. 
5710         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5712     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5714         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int 
5716         Returns the number of files dropped. 
5718         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5720     def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5722         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject 
5724         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped. 
5726         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5729 class DropFilesEventPtr(DropFilesEvent
): 
5730     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5732         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5733         self
.__class
__ = DropFilesEvent
 
5734 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEventPtr
) 
5736 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5738 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
 
5739 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
5740 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5742     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by 
5743     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user 
5746     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to 
5747     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as 
5748     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be 
5749     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a 
5750     menu item or button. 
5752     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the 
5753     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets 
5754     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to 
5755     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more 
5756     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether 
5757     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can 
5758     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same. 
5760     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call 
5761     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will 
5762     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to 
5765     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just 
5766     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process 
5767     any UI events for the window that owns the menu. 
5769     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting 
5770     your application, you can do one or both of the following: 
5772        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of 
5773           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style 
5774           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should 
5775           receive update events. No other windows will receive update 
5778        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond 
5779           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call 
5780           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when 
5781           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight 
5782           delay before windows are updated. 
5784     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE 
5785     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent 
5786     from an internal idle handler. 
5788     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On 
5789     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu 
5790     is about to be shown, and not in idle time. 
5794         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxUpdateUIEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
5795     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
5797         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent 
5801         newobj 
= _core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5802         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
5805     def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5807         GetChecked(self) -> bool 
5809         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked. 
5811         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5813     def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5815         GetEnabled(self) -> bool 
5817         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled. 
5819         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5821     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5823         GetText(self) -> String 
5825         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element. 
5827         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5829     def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5831         GetSetText(self) -> bool 
5833         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For 
5834         wxWidgets internal use only. 
5836         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5838     def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5840         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool 
5842         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets 
5845         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5847     def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5849         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool 
5851         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets 
5854         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5856     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5858         Check(self, bool check) 
5860         Check or uncheck the UI element. 
5862         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5864     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5866         Enable(self, bool enable) 
5868         Enable or disable the UI element. 
5870         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5872     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5874         SetText(self, String text) 
5876         Sets the text for this UI element. 
5878         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5880     def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5882         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
5884         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
5885         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
5888         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
5889         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
5890         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
5891         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
5894         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5896     SetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
) 
5897     def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5899         GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
5901         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
5902         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
5904         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5906     GetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
) 
5907     def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5909         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
5911         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
5914         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
5915         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
5916         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
5917         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
5918         this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
5919         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
5920         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
5921         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
5925         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5927     CanUpdate 
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
) 
5928     def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5932         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
5933         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
5934         is called at the end of idle processing. 
5936         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5938     ResetUpdateTime 
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
) 
5939     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5943         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
5944         to those which specify that they will process the events. 
5946         The mode may be one of the following values: 
5948             =============================   ========================================== 
5949             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
5950                                             is the default setting. 
5951             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
5952                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
5954             =============================   ========================================== 
5957         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5959     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
5960     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5964         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
5965         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
5968         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5970     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
5972 class UpdateUIEventPtr(UpdateUIEvent
): 
5973     def __init__(self
, this
): 
5975         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
5976         self
.__class
__ = UpdateUIEvent
 
5977 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEventPtr
) 
5979 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5981     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
5983     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
5984     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
5987     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
5988     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
5989     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
5990     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
5993     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5995 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5997     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
5999     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6000     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6002     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6004 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6006     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6008     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6011     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6012     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6013     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6014     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6015     this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6016     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6017     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6018     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6022     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6024 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6026     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime() 
6028     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6029     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6030     is called at the end of idle processing. 
6032     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6034 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6036     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6038     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6039     to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6041     The mode may be one of the following values: 
6043         =============================   ========================================== 
6044         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6045                                         is the default setting. 
6046         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6047                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6049         =============================   ========================================== 
6052     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6054 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6056     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6058     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6059     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6062     return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6064 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6066 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
): 
6068     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated 
6069     when the user changes the colour settings using the control 
6070     panel. This is only applicable under Windows. 
6072     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child 
6073     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If 
6074     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call 
6075     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to 
6076     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly. 
6080         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSysColourChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6081     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6083         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent 
6087         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6088         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6092 class SysColourChangedEventPtr(SysColourChangedEvent
): 
6093     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6095         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6096         self
.__class
__ = SysColourChangedEvent
 
6097 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEventPtr
) 
6099 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6101 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
): 
6103     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to 
6104     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if 
6105     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling 
6106     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture 
6107     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code. 
6109     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6112         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6113     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6115         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent 
6119         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6120         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6123     def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6125         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window 
6127         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a 
6128         non-wxWidgets window. 
6130         return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6133 class MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
): 
6134     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6136         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6137         self
.__class
__ = MouseCaptureChangedEvent
 
6138 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEventPtr
) 
6140 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6142 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
): 
6144     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display 
6145     resolution has changed. 
6147     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6150         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDisplayChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6151     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6152         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent""" 
6153         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6154         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6158 class DisplayChangedEventPtr(DisplayChangedEvent
): 
6159     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6161         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6162         self
.__class
__ = DisplayChangedEvent
 
6163 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEventPtr
) 
6165 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6167 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
): 
6169     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6170     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6173     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6176         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPaletteChangedEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6177     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6179         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent 
6181         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6182         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6185         This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6187         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6188         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6191     def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6192         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)""" 
6193         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6195     def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6196         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window""" 
6197         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6200 class PaletteChangedEventPtr(PaletteChangedEvent
): 
6201     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6203         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6204         self
.__class
__ = PaletteChangedEvent
 
6205 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEventPtr
) 
6207 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6209 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
): 
6211     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard 
6212     focus and should re-do its palette. 
6214     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6217         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxQueryNewPaletteEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6218     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6220         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent 
6224         newobj 
= _core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6225         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6228     def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6230         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized) 
6232         App should set this if it changes the palette. 
6234         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6236     def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6237         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool""" 
6238         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6241 class QueryNewPaletteEventPtr(QueryNewPaletteEvent
): 
6242     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6244         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6245         self
.__class
__ = QueryNewPaletteEvent
 
6246 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEventPtr
) 
6248 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6250 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
): 
6252     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between 
6253     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not 
6254     catch navigation events in applications as there are already 
6255     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find 
6256     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change 
6257     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call 
6258     `wx.Window.Navigate`. 
6261         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxNavigationKeyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6262     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6263         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent""" 
6264         newobj 
= _core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6265         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6268     def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6270         GetDirection(self) -> bool 
6272         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise. 
6274         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6276     def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6278         SetDirection(self, bool forward) 
6280         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the 
6281         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab. 
6283         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6285     def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6287         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool 
6289         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed. 
6291         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6293     def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6295         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange) 
6297         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows. 
6298         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented 
6299         by using Control-Tab. 
6301         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6303     def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6305         IsFromTab(self) -> bool 
6307         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab 
6310         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6312     def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6314         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs) 
6316         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. 
6317         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons. 
6319         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6321     def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6323         SetFlags(self, long flags) 
6325         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following: 
6327             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward 
6328             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward 
6329             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange 
6330             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab 
6333         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6335     def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6337         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window 
6339         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be 
6342         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6344     def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6346         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win) 
6348         Set the window that has the focus. 
6350         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6352     IsBackward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
 
6353     IsForward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
 
6354     WinChange 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
 
6355     FromTab 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
 
6357 class NavigationKeyEventPtr(NavigationKeyEvent
): 
6358     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6360         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6361         self
.__class
__ = NavigationKeyEvent
 
6362 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEventPtr
) 
6364 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6366 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6368     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6369     underlying GUI object) exists. 
6372         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowCreateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6373     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6375         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent 
6377         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6378         underlying GUI object) exists. 
6380         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6381         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6384     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6386         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6388         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6390         return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6393 class WindowCreateEventPtr(WindowCreateEvent
): 
6394     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6396         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6397         self
.__class
__ = WindowCreateEvent
 
6398 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEventPtr
) 
6400 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6402     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent right before the window is 
6406         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindowDestroyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6407     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6409         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent 
6411         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent right before the window is 
6414         newobj 
= _core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6415         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6418     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6420         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6422         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6424         return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6427 class WindowDestroyEventPtr(WindowDestroyEvent
): 
6428     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6430         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6431         self
.__class
__ = WindowDestroyEvent
 
6432 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEventPtr
) 
6434 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6436 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6438     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to 
6439     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu. 
6442         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxContextMenuEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6443     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6445         __init__(self, wxEventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent 
6449         newobj 
= _core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6450         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6453     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6455         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
6457         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should 
6460         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6462     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6464         SetPosition(self, Point pos) 
6466         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown. 
6468         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6471 class ContextMenuEventPtr(ContextMenuEvent
): 
6472     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6474         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6475         self
.__class
__ = ContextMenuEvent
 
6476 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEventPtr
) 
6478 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6480 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
 
6481 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
6482 class IdleEvent(Event
): 
6484     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent 
6485     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the 
6486     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by 
6487     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are 
6488     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal 
6489     events and then becomes empty again. 
6491     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a 
6492     significant overhead in your application, you can call 
6493     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and 
6494     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window 
6495     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent 
6496     to those windows and not to any others. 
6499         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIdleEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6500     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6502         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent 
6506         newobj 
= _core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6507         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6510     def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6512         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True) 
6514         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be 
6515         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the 
6516         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the 
6517         application windows. If no window calls this function during its 
6518         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event 
6519         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing 
6522         return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6524     def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6526         MoreRequested(self) -> bool 
6528         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event 
6529         requested more processing time. 
6531         return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6533     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6537         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6538         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6541         The mode can be one of the following values: 
6543             =========================   ======================================== 
6544             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6545             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6546                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6548             =========================   ======================================== 
6551         return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6553     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6554     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6558         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6559         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6560         will process the events. 
6562         return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6564     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6565     def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6567         CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6569         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6572         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6573         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6574         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6575         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6576         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6577         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6579         return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6581     CanSend 
= staticmethod(CanSend
) 
6583 class IdleEventPtr(IdleEvent
): 
6584     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6586         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6587         self
.__class
__ = IdleEvent
 
6588 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEventPtr
) 
6590 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6592     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6594     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6595     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6598     The mode can be one of the following values: 
6600         =========================   ======================================== 
6601         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6602         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6603                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6605         =========================   ======================================== 
6608     return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6610 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6612     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6614     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6615     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6616     will process the events. 
6618     return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6620 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6622     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6624     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6627     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6628     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6629     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6630     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6631     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6632     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6634     return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6636 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6638 class PyEvent(Event
): 
6640     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event 
6641     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of 
6642     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport 
6643     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have 
6644     them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6646     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent` 
6650         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6651     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6652         """__init__(self, int winid=0, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent""" 
6653         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6654         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6659     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyEvent
): 
6662             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6665     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6666         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6667         return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6669     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6670         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6671         return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6674 class PyEventPtr(PyEvent
): 
6675     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6677         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6678         self
.__class
__ = PyEvent
 
6679 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEventPtr
) 
6681 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6683     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom 
6684     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent 
6685     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class 
6686     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is 
6687     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event 
6688     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6694         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyCommandEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6695     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6696         """__init__(self, wxEventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent""" 
6697         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6698         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6703     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
): 
6706             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6709     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6710         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6711         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6713     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6714         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6715         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6718 class PyCommandEventPtr(PyCommandEvent
): 
6719     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6721         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6722         self
.__class
__ = PyCommandEvent
 
6723 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEventPtr
) 
6725 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6727     This event class holds information about a date change event and is 
6728     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class 
6729     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with 
6733         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxDateEvent instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6734     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6735         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, wxEventType type) -> DateEvent""" 
6736         newobj 
= _core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6737         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6740     def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6742         GetDate(self) -> DateTime 
6746         return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6748     def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6750         SetDate(self, DateTime date) 
6752         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library 
6755         return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6758 class DateEventPtr(DateEvent
): 
6759     def __init__(self
, this
): 
6761         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
6762         self
.__class
__ = DateEvent
 
6763 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEventPtr
) 
6765 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
 
6766 EVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 ) 
6768 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6770 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
 
6771 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
 
6772 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
 
6773 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
 
6774 PRINT_WINDOWS 
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
 
6775 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT 
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
 
6776 class PyApp(EvtHandler
): 
6778     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the 
6779     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead. 
6782         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyApp instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
6783     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
6785         __init__(self) -> PyApp 
6787         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process. 
6789         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6790         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
6793         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyApp
, False) 
6794         self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False) 
6796     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_PyApp
): 
6799             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
6802     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6803         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)""" 
6804         return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6806     def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6808         GetAppName(self) -> String 
6810         Get the application name. 
6812         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6814     def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6816         SetAppName(self, String name) 
6818         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by 
6819         `wx.Config` and such. 
6821         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6823     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6825         GetClassName(self) -> String 
6827         Get the application's class name. 
6829         return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6831     def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6833         SetClassName(self, String name) 
6835         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for 
6836         X-resources if applicable for the platform 
6838         return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6840     def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6842         GetVendorName(self) -> String 
6844         Get the application's vendor name. 
6846         return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6848     def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6850         SetVendorName(self, String name) 
6852         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used 
6853         automatically by `wx.Config` and such. 
6855         return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6857     def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6859         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits 
6861         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we 
6862         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the 
6863         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding 
6864         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is 
6865         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the 
6866         differences behind the common facade. 
6868         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython. 
6870         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6872     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6874         ProcessPendingEvents(self) 
6876         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to 
6877         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens 
6878         during each event loop iteration. 
6880         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6882     def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6884         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
6886         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting 
6887         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield`` 
6888         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True. 
6890         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected 
6891               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may 
6892               result in calling the same event handler again), use with 
6893               extreme care or, better, don't use at all! 
6895         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield` 
6898         return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6900     def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6904         Make sure that idle events are sent again. 
6905         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle` 
6907         return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6909     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6911         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
6913         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
6914         currently be dispatched. 
6916         return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6918     IsMainLoopRunning 
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
) 
6919     def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6921         MainLoop(self) -> int 
6923         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until 
6924         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed. 
6926         return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6928     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6932         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application. 
6935         return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6937     def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6941         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main 
6942         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!) 
6944         return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6946     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6948         Pending(self) -> bool 
6950         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue. 
6952         return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6954     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6956         Dispatch(self) -> bool 
6958         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event 
6959         appears if there are none currently) 
6961         return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6963     def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6965         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool 
6967         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are 
6968         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested 
6969         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not. 
6971         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6973     def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6975         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool 
6977         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more 
6978         idle time is requested. 
6980         return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6982     def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6984         IsActive(self) -> bool 
6986         Return True if our app has focus. 
6988         return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6990     def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6992         SetTopWindow(self, Window win) 
6994         Set the *main* top level window 
6996         return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6998     def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7000         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window 
7002         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously 
7003         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if 
7004         there not any, will return None) 
7006         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7008     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7010         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag) 
7012         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main 
7013         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program 
7014         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with 
7015         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop() 
7016         explicitly from somewhere. 
7018         return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7020     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7022         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool 
7024         Get the current exit behaviour setting. 
7026         return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7028     def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7030         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag) 
7032         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on 
7033         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.) 
7035         return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7037     def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7039         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool 
7041         Get current UseBestVisual setting. 
7043         return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7045     def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7046         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)""" 
7047         return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7049     def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7050         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int""" 
7051         return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7053     def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7055         SetAssertMode(self, int mode) 
7057         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds. 
7059         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7061     def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7063         GetAssertMode(self) -> int 
7065         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting. 
7067         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7069     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7070         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7071         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7073     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7074     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7075         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7076         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7078     GetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7079     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7080         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7081         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7083     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7084     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7085         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7086         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7088     GetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7089     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7090         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7091         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7093     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7094     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7095         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7096         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7098     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7099     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7100         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7101         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7103     SetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7104     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7105         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7106         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7108     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7109     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7110         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7111         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7113     SetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7114     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7115         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7116         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7118     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7119     def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7123         For internal use only 
7125         return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7127     def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7129         GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7131         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7132         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7134         return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7136     GetComCtl32Version 
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
) 
7138 class PyAppPtr(PyApp
): 
7139     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7141         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7142         self
.__class
__ = PyApp
 
7143 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyAppPtr
) 
7145 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7147     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7149     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7150     currently be dispatched. 
7152     return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7154 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7155     """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7156     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7158 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7159     """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7160     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7162 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7163     """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7164     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7166 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7167     """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7168     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7170 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7171     """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7172     return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7174 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7175     """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7176     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7178 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7179     """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7180     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7182 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7183     """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7184     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7186 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7187     """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7188     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7190 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7191     """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7192     return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7194 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7196     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7198     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7199     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7201     return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7203 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7206 def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7210     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit() 
7212     return _core_
.Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7214 def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7218     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield() 
7220     return _core_
.Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7222 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7224     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool 
7226     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True) 
7228     return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7230 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7232     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7234     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the 
7235     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and 
7236     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window 
7237     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user 
7240     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`. 
7242     return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7244 def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7248     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be 
7251     return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7253 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7255     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event) 
7257     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed 
7260     return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7262 def App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7266     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when 
7269     return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7271 def GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7275     Return a reference to the current wx.App object. 
7277     return _core_
.GetApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7279 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7281     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding) 
7283     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a 
7284     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7286     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]`` 
7287     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale 
7288     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please 
7289     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
7290     between the common latin/roman encodings. 
7292     return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7294 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7296     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string 
7298     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to 
7299     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7301     return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7302 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7304 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
: 
7306     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and 
7307     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to 
7308     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area 
7309     and write the text there. 
7311     def __init__(self
, title 
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"): 
7314         self
.pos    
= wx
.DefaultPosition
 
7315         self
.size   
= (450, 300) 
7318     def SetParent(self
, parent
): 
7319         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent.""" 
7320         self
.parent 
= parent
 
7323     def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
): 
7324         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
, 
7325                               style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
) 
7326         self
.text  
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "", 
7327                                  style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
) 
7328         self
.text
.AppendText(st
) 
7329         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7330         EVT_CLOSE(self
.frame
, self
.OnCloseWindow
) 
7333     def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
): 
7334         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7335             self
.frame
.Destroy() 
7340     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour. 
7341     def write(self
, text
): 
7343         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it. 
7344         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses 
7345         CallAfter to do the work there. 
7347         if self
.frame 
is None: 
7348             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7349                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
) 
7351                 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
) 
7353             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7354                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
) 
7356                 self
.text
.AppendText(text
) 
7360         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7361             wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
) 
7369 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7371 _defRedirect 
= (wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMAC__') 
7373 class App(wx
.PyApp
): 
7375     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to: 
7377       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying 
7379       * set and get application-wide properties 
7380       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop, 
7381         and to dispatch events to window instances 
7384     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all 
7385     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the 
7386     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui 
7387     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized. 
7389     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an 
7390     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls 
7391     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``. 
7393     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used 
7397     outputWindowClass 
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
 
7399     def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None, 
7400                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7402         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.   
7404         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be 
7405             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False 
7406             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be 
7407             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can 
7408             control what kind of window is created for the output by 
7409             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a 
7410             class of your choosing.) 
7412         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if 
7415         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best 
7416             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on 
7417             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter 
7418             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later 
7419             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI 
7420             toolkit is initialized. 
7422         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the 
7423             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other 
7426         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition 
7427             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and 
7428             wxWidgets are fully initialized. 
7430         wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
) 
7432         if wx
.Platform 
== "__WXMAC__": 
7435                 if not MacOS
.WMAvailable(): 
7437 This program needs access to the screen. Please run with 'pythonw', 
7438 not 'python', and only when you are logged in on the main display of 
7446         # This has to be done before OnInit 
7447         self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
) 
7449         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem 
7450         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this 
7451         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send 
7452         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By 
7453         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as 
7454         # expected (depending on platform.) 
7458                 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
) 
7462         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window? 
7463         self
.stdioWin 
= None 
7464         self
.saveStdio 
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
) 
7466             self
.RedirectStdio(filename
) 
7468         # Use Python's install prefix as the default   
7469         wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
) 
7471         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls 
7472         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class 
7473         self
._BootstrapApp
() 
7476     def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__): 
7477         self
.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden 
7481         wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
) 
7484     def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
): 
7485         """Set the \"main\" top level window""" 
7487             self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
) 
7488         wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
) 
7492         """Execute the main GUI event loop""" 
7493         wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
) 
7497     def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None): 
7498         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window.""" 
7500             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= open(filename
, 'a') 
7502             self
.stdioWin 
= self
.outputWindowClass() 
7503             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= self
.stdioWin
 
7506     def RestoreStdio(self
): 
7508             _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr 
= self
.saveStdio
 
7513     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None): 
7515         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if 
7516         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before 
7517         any output would cause the output window to be created. 
7520             if title 
is not None: 
7521                 self
.stdioWin
.title 
= title
 
7523                 self
.stdioWin
.pos 
= pos
 
7524             if size 
is not None: 
7525                 self
.stdioWin
.size 
= size
 
7530 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX 
7531 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7532 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7533 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7534 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7535 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7536 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7537 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7538 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7539 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7540 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7541 App_GetComCtl32Version           
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
 
7543 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7545 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
): 
7547     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and 
7548     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry 
7549     about OnInit.  For example:: 
7551         app = wx.PySimpleApp() 
7552         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World') 
7559     def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None, 
7560                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7562         :see: `wx.App.__init__` 
7564         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
) 
7571 # Is anybody using this one? 
7572 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
): 
7573     def __init__(self
, size 
= (250, 100)): 
7575         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0) 
7578         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
) 
7579         self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
) 
7582     def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7583         w 
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
) 
7584         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7586 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7587 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we 
7588 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When 
7589 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup 
7590 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function. 
7592 class __wxPyCleanup
: 
7594         self
.cleanup 
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
 
7598 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup 
= __wxPyCleanup() 
7600 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early... 
7602 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp) 
7605 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7607 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7609 class EventLoop(object): 
7610     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class""" 
7612         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxEventLoop instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7613     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7614         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop""" 
7615         newobj 
= _core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7616         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7619     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_EventLoop
): 
7622             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7625     def Run(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7626         """Run(self) -> int""" 
7627         return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7629     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7630         """Exit(self, int rc=0)""" 
7631         return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7633     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7634         """Pending(self) -> bool""" 
7635         return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7637     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7638         """Dispatch(self) -> bool""" 
7639         return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7641     def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7642         """IsRunning(self) -> bool""" 
7643         return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7645     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7646         """GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7647         return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7649     GetActive 
= staticmethod(GetActive
) 
7650     def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7651         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7652         return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7654     SetActive 
= staticmethod(SetActive
) 
7656 class EventLoopPtr(EventLoop
): 
7657     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7659         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7660         self
.__class
__ = EventLoop
 
7661 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoopPtr
) 
7663 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7664     """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7665     return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7667 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7668     """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7669     return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7671 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7673 class AcceleratorEntry(object): 
7675     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython 
7676     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a 
7677     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just 
7678     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values. 
7680     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable` 
7683         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorEntry instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7684     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7686         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry 
7688         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7690         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7691         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7694     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
): 
7697             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7700     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7702         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd) 
7704         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7707         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7709     def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7711         GetFlags(self) -> int 
7713         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags. 
7715         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7717     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7719         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
7721         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode. 
7723         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7725     def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7727         GetCommand(self) -> int 
7729         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID. 
7731         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7734 class AcceleratorEntryPtr(AcceleratorEntry
): 
7735     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7737         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7738         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorEntry
 
7739 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntryPtr
) 
7741 class AcceleratorTable(Object
): 
7743     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of 
7744     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or 
7745     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are 
7749         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxAcceleratorTable instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7750     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7752         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable 
7754         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7755         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID) 
7757         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
7759         newobj 
= _core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7760         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7763     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
): 
7766             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7769     def Ok(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7770         """Ok(self) -> bool""" 
7771         return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_Ok(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7774 class AcceleratorTablePtr(AcceleratorTable
): 
7775     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7777         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7778         self
.__class
__ = AcceleratorTable
 
7779 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTablePtr
) 
7782 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7783     """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
7784     return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7785 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7787 class VisualAttributes(object): 
7788     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control""" 
7790         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxVisualAttributes instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7791     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7793         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes 
7795         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control 
7797         newobj 
= _core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7798         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7801     def __del__(self
, destroy
=_core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
): 
7804             if self
.thisown
: destroy(self
) 
7807     font 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
) 
7808     colFg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
) 
7809     colBg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
) 
7811 class VisualAttributesPtr(VisualAttributes
): 
7812     def __init__(self
, this
): 
7814         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
7815         self
.__class
__ = VisualAttributes
 
7816 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributesPtr
) 
7817 NullAcceleratorTable 
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
 
7818 PanelNameStr 
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
 
7820 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
 
7821 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
 
7822 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
 
7823 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
 
7824 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
 
7825 class Window(EvtHandler
): 
7827     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible 
7828     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are 
7829     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't 
7830     appear on screen themselves. 
7834         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxWindow instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
7835     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7837         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
7838             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window 
7840         Construct and show a generic Window. 
7842         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7843         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
7846         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
7848     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7850         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
7851             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool 
7853         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode. 
7855         return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7857     def Close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7859         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool 
7861         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually 
7862         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself, 
7863         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close 
7864         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window. 
7866         return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7868     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7870         Destroy(self) -> bool 
7872         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed 
7873         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list 
7874         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events 
7875         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to 
7876         non-existent windows. 
7878         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it 
7879         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion. 
7881         return _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7883     def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7885         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool 
7887         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the 
7890         return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7892     def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7894         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool 
7896         Is the window in the process of being deleted? 
7898         return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7900     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7902         SetTitle(self, String title) 
7904         Sets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs. 
7906         return _core_
.Window_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7908     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7910         GetTitle(self) -> String 
7912         Gets the window's title. Applicable only to frames and dialogs. 
7914         return _core_
.Window_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7916     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7918         SetLabel(self, String label) 
7920         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable. 
7922         return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7924     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7926         GetLabel(self) -> String 
7928         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification 
7929         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to 
7930         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For 
7931         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function 
7932         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs 
7933         access programs)which need to identify windows by name. 
7935         return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7937     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7939         SetName(self, String name) 
7941         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting 
7942         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label 
7944         return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7946     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7948         GetName(self) -> String 
7950         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique; 
7951         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window 
7952         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName. 
7954         return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7956     def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7958         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant) 
7960         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if 
7961         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac. 
7963         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7965     def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7966         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int""" 
7967         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7969     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7971         SetId(self, int winid) 
7973         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
7974         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier 
7975         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on 
7976         creation and should not be modified subsequently. 
7978         return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7980     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7984         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
7985         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id 
7986         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be 
7989         return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7991     def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7993         NewControlId() -> int 
7995         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
7997         return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7999     NewControlId 
= staticmethod(NewControlId
) 
8000     def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8002         NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
8004         Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
8007         return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8009     NextControlId 
= staticmethod(NextControlId
) 
8010     def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8012         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
8014         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
8017         return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8019     PrevControlId 
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
) 
8020     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8022         SetSize(self, Size size) 
8024         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8026         return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8028     def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8030         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8032         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags 
8033         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are 
8036             ========================  ====================================== 
8037             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific 
8038                                       default should be used. 
8039             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if 
8040                                       -1 values are supplied. 
8041             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be 
8042                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not 
8044             ========================  ====================================== 
8047         return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8049     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8051         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8053         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect. 
8055         return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8057     def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8059         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8061         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8063         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8065     def Move(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8067         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8069         Moves the window to the given position. 
8071         return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8074     def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8076         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8078         Moves the window to the given position. 
8080         return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8082     def SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8084         SetBestFittingSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize) 
8086         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the 
8087         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers. 
8089         return _core_
.Window_SetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8091     def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8095         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy if it is a 
8096         managed window (dialog or frame). 
8098         return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8100     def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8104         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy if it is a 
8105         managed window (dialog or frame). 
8107         return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8109     def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8111         SetClientSize(self, Size size) 
8113         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8114         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8115         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8116         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8117         around panel items, for example. 
8119         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8121     def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8123         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8125         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8126         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8127         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8128         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8129         around panel items, for example. 
8131         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8133     def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8135         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect) 
8137         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8138         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8139         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8140         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8141         around panel items, for example. 
8143         return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8145     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8147         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
8149         Get the window's position. 
8151         return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8153     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8155         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8157         Get the window's position. 
8159         return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8161     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8163         GetSize(self) -> Size 
8165         Get the window size. 
8167         return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8169     def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8171         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8173         Get the window size. 
8175         return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8177     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8179         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
8181         Returns the size and position of the window as a wx.Rect object. 
8183         return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8185     def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8187         GetClientSize(self) -> Size 
8189         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8190         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8191         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8193         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8195     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8197         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8199         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8200         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8201         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8203         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8205     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8207         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point 
8209         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the 
8210         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of 
8211         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) 
8213         return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8215     def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8217         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect 
8219         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8221         return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8223     def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8225         GetBestSize(self) -> Size 
8227         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8228         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8229         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8230         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8231         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8234         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8236     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8238         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8240         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8241         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8242         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8243         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8244         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8247         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8249     def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8251         InvalidateBestSize(self) 
8253         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next 
8256         return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8258     def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8260         CacheBestSize(self, Size size) 
8262         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until 
8263         some properties of the window change.) 
8265         return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8267     def GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8269         GetBestFittingSize(self) -> Size 
8271         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's 
8272         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns 
8276         return _core_
.Window_GetBestFittingSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8278     def GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8280         GetAdjustedBestSize(self) -> Size 
8282         This method is similar to GetBestSize, except in one 
8283         thing. GetBestSize should return the minimum untruncated size of the 
8284         window, while this method will return the largest of BestSize and any 
8285         user specified minimum size. ie. it is the minimum size the window 
8286         should currently be drawn at, not the minimal size it can possibly 
8289         return _core_
.Window_GetAdjustedBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8291     def Center(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8293         Center(self, int direction=BOTH) 
8295         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for 
8296         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may 
8297         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window 
8298         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a 
8299         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered 
8300         relative to the screen. 
8302         return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8305     def CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8307         CenterOnScreen(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8309         Center on screen (only works for top level windows) 
8311         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8313     CentreOnScreen 
= CenterOnScreen 
 
8314     def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8316         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8318         Center with respect to the the parent window 
8320         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8322     CentreOnParent 
= CenterOnParent 
 
8323     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8327         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function 
8328         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work 
8329         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the 
8330         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result 
8331         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of 
8332         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize()) 
8333         instead of calling Fit. 
8335         return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8337     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8341         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a 
8342         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after 
8343         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled 
8344         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do 
8345         anything if there are no subwindows. 
8347         return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8349     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8351         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,  
8354         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8355         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8356         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8357         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8358         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8359         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8361         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8363         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8365     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8367         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize) 
8369         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8370         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8371         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8372         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8373         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8374         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8376         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8378         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8380     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8382         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1) 
8384         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8385         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8386         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8387         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8389         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8391     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8393         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize) 
8395         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8396         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8397         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8398         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8400         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8402     def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8403         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size""" 
8404         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8406     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8407         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size""" 
8408         return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8410     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8412         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize) 
8414         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8417         return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8419     def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8421         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize) 
8423         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8426         return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8428     def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8429         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int""" 
8430         return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8432     def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8433         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int""" 
8434         return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8436     def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8437         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int""" 
8438         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8440     def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8441         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int""" 
8442         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8444     def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8446         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size) 
8448         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8449         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8450         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8452         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8454     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8456         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h) 
8458         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8459         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8460         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8462         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8464     def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8466         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8468         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8469         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8470         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8472         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8474     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8476         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8478         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8479         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8480         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8482         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8484     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8486         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8488         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a 
8489         sizer, interior children, or other means) 
8491         return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8493     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8495         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool 
8497         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level 
8498         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if 
8499         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if 
8500         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done 
8501         because it already was in the requested state. 
8503         return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8505     def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8509         Equivalent to calling Show(False). 
8511         return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8513     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8515         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool 
8517         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent 
8518         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they 
8519         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window 
8520         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the 
8521         window had already been in the specified state. 
8523         return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8525     def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8527         Disable(self) -> bool 
8529         Disables the window, same as Enable(false). 
8531         return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8533     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8535         IsShown(self) -> bool 
8537         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden. 
8539         return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8541     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8543         IsEnabled(self) -> bool 
8545         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise. 
8547         return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8549     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8551         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style) 
8553         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be 
8554         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be 
8555         called after changing the others for the change to take place 
8558         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8560     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8562         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long 
8564         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create 
8567         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8569     SetWindowStyle 
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle 
= GetWindowStyleFlag 
 
8570     def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8572         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool 
8574         Test if the given style is set for this window. 
8576         return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8578     def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8580         IsRetained(self) -> bool 
8582         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained 
8583         windows are only available on X platforms. 
8585         return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8587     def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8589         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle) 
8591         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less 
8592         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with 
8593         SetWindowStyleFlag() 
8595         return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8597     def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8599         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long 
8601         Returns the extra style bits for the window. 
8603         return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8605     def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8607         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True) 
8609         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can 
8610         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this 
8613         return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8615     def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8617         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme) 
8619         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme" 
8620          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background 
8621          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support 
8622          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is 
8623          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a 
8624          user's selected theme. 
8626         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true 
8627         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best. 
8629         return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8631     def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8633         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool 
8635         Return the themeEnabled flag. 
8637         return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8639     def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8643         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input. 
8645         return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8647     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8649         SetFocusFromKbd(self) 
8651         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally 
8652         only called internally. 
8654         return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8656     def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8658         FindFocus() -> Window 
8660         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
8663         return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8665     FindFocus 
= staticmethod(FindFocus
) 
8666     def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8668         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool 
8670         Can this window have focus? 
8672         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8674     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8676         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool 
8678         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the 
8679         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click 
8682         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8684     def GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8686         GetDefaultItem(self) -> Window 
8688         Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated 
8689         by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog. 
8691         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8693     def SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8695         SetDefaultItem(self, Window child) -> Window 
8697         Set this child as default, return the old default. 
8699         return _core_
.Window_SetDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8701     def SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8703         SetTmpDefaultItem(self, Window win) 
8705         Set this child as temporary default 
8707         return _core_
.Window_SetTmpDefaultItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8709     def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8711         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool 
8713         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a 
8714         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`. 
8716         return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8718     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8720         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8722         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified 
8723         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on 
8724         that other window, the focus switches to this window. 
8726         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function 
8727         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the 
8731         return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8733     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8735         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
8737         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just 
8738         before win instead of putting it right after it. 
8740         return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8742     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8744         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject 
8746         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a 
8747         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return 
8748         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children 
8751         return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8753     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8755         GetParent(self) -> Window 
8757         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one. 
8759         return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8761     def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8763         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window 
8765         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there 
8768         return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8770     def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8772         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool 
8774         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all 
8775         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even 
8776         if they have a parent window). 
8778         return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8780     def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8782         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool 
8784         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current 
8785         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then 
8786         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True 
8787         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent == 
8790         return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8792     def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8794         AddChild(self, Window child) 
8796         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation 
8797         functions so should not be required by the application programmer. 
8799         return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8801     def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8803         RemoveChild(self, Window child) 
8805         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window 
8806         deletion functions so should not be required by the application 
8809         return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8811     def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8813         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window 
8815         Find a chld of this window by window ID 
8817         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8819     def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8821         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window 
8823         Find a child of this window by name 
8825         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8827     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8829         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler 
8831         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is 
8832         its own event handler. 
8834         return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8836     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8838         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
8840         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object 
8841         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. By default, 
8842         the window is its own event handler, but an application may wish to 
8843         substitute another, for example to allow central implementation of 
8844         event-handling for a variety of different window classes. 
8846         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets 
8847         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event 
8848         handler is handed to the next one in the chain. 
8850         return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8852     def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8854         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
8856         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window. 
8857         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events 
8858         sent to a window. By default, the window is its own event handler, but 
8859         an application may wish to substitute another, for example to allow 
8860         central implementation of event-handling for a variety of different 
8863         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of 
8864         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is 
8865         handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` to 
8866         remove the event handler. 
8868         return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8870     def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8872         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler 
8874         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler 
8875         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be 
8876         destroyed after it is popped. 
8878         return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8880     def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8882         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool 
8884         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not 
8885         delete) it from the event handler chain, return True if it was found 
8886         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this 
8887         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be 
8890         return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8892     def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8894         SetValidator(self, Validator validator) 
8896         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator, 
8897         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this 
8900         return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8902     def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8904         GetValidator(self) -> Validator 
8906         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if 
8909         return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8911     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8913         Validate(self) -> bool 
8915         Validates the current values of the child controls using their 
8916         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
8917         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child 
8918         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed. 
8920         return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8922     def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8924         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool 
8926         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their 
8927         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
8928         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of 
8931         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8933     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8935         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool 
8937         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their 
8938         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has 
8939         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will 
8940         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows. 
8942         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8944     def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8948         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data 
8949         to the dialog via validators. 
8951         return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8953     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8955         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel) 
8957         Sets the accelerator table for this window. 
8959         return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8961     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8963         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable 
8965         Gets the accelerator table for this window. 
8967         return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8969     def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8971         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool 
8973         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey 
8974         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will 
8975         receive the event even if the application is in the background and 
8976         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some 
8977         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey 
8978         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the 
8979         hotkey was registered successfully. 
8981         return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8983     def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8985         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool 
8987         Unregisters a system wide hotkey. 
8989         return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8991     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8993         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point 
8995         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
8996         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
8997         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
8998         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
8999         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9002         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9004     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9006         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9008         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9009         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9010         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9011         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9012         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9015         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9017     def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9019         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9021         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9022         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9023         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9024         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9025         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9028         return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9030     def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9032         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9034         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9035         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9036         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9037         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9038         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9041         return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9043     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9044         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point""" 
9045         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9047     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9048         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size""" 
9049         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9051     def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9053         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y) 
9055         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window. 
9057         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human 
9058         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically. 
9060         return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9062     def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9066         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to 
9067         release the capture. 
9069         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the 
9070         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window 
9071         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if 
9072         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must 
9073         release the mouse as many times as you capture it. 
9075         return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9077     def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9081         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse. 
9083         return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9085     def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9087         GetCapture() -> Window 
9089         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
9091         return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9093     GetCapture 
= staticmethod(GetCapture
) 
9094     def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9096         HasCapture(self) -> bool 
9098         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture. 
9100         return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9102     def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9104         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None) 
9106         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it 
9107         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent 
9110         return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9112     def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9114         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True) 
9116         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will 
9117         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax. 
9119         return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9121     def Update(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9125         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the 
9126         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally 
9127         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the 
9128         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and 
9129         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use Refresh 
9130         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of 
9131         it) unconditionally. 
9133         return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9135     def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9137         ClearBackground(self) 
9139         Clears the window by filling it with the current background 
9140         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated. 
9142         return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9144     def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9148         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from 
9149         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be 
9150         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be 
9151         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has 
9154         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example, 
9155         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into 
9156         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor 
9157         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a 
9158         mandatory directive. 
9160         return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9162     def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9166         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to 
9167         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of 
9168         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated. 
9170         return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9172     def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9174         PrepareDC(self, DC dc) 
9176         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a 
9177         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current 
9180         return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9182     def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9184         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region 
9186         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been 
9187         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler. 
9189         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9191     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9193         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect 
9195         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords. 
9197         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9199     def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9201         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool 
9203         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9204         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9205         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9208         return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9210     def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9212         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool 
9214         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9215         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9216         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9219         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9221     def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9223         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
9225         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9226         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9227         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9230         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9232     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9234         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes 
9236         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is 
9237         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control 
9238         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard 
9239         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of 
9240         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9242         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9244     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9246         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
9248         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
9249         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
9250         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
9251         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
9252         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9254         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
9255         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
9256         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
9259         return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9261     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
9262     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9264         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9266         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour 
9267         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default 
9268         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and 
9269         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window 
9270         to the default background colour. 
9272         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate 
9273         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after 
9274         calling this function. 
9276         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this 
9277         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the 
9278         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all 
9279         applications on the system. 
9281         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9283     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9284         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9285         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9287     def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9289         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9291         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour 
9292         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on 
9293         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may 
9296         return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9298     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9299         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9300         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9302     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9304         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9306         Returns the background colour of the window. 
9308         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9310     def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9312         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9314         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of 
9315         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text 
9316         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all. 
9318         return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9320     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9321         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool""" 
9322         return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9324     def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9325         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool""" 
9326         return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9328     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9330         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool 
9332         Returns the background style of the window. The background style 
9333         indicates how the background of the window is drawn. 
9335             ======================  ======================================== 
9336             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should 
9337                                     be determined by the system 
9338             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour 
9339             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the 
9341             ======================  ======================================== 
9343         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of 
9344         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has 
9345         no effect on other platforms. 
9347         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour` 
9349         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9351     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9353         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int 
9355         Returns the background style of the window. 
9357         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle` 
9359         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9361     def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9363         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool 
9365         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for 
9366         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's 
9369         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you 
9370         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override 
9371         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted 
9374         return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9376     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9378         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool 
9380         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it 
9381         for the children of the window implicitly. 
9383         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will 
9384         be reset back to default. 
9386         return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9388     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9390         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
9392         Return the cursor associated with this window. 
9394         return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9396     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9398         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool 
9400         Sets the font for this window. 
9402         return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9404     def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9405         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)""" 
9406         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9408     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9410         GetFont(self) -> Font 
9412         Returns the default font used for this window. 
9414         return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9416     def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9418         SetCaret(self, Caret caret) 
9420         Sets the caret associated with the window. 
9422         return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9424     def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9426         GetCaret(self) -> Caret 
9428         Returns the caret associated with the window. 
9430         return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9432     def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9434         GetCharHeight(self) -> int 
9436         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9438         return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9440     def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9442         GetCharWidth(self) -> int 
9444         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9446         return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9448     def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9450         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height) 
9452         Get the width and height of the text using the current font. 
9454         return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9456     def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9458         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) -> 
9459            (width, height, descent, externalLeading) 
9461         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the 
9462         current or specified font. 
9464         return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9466     def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9468         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9470         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9472         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9474     def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9476         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9478         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9480         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9482     def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9484         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9486         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9488         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9490     def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9492         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9494         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9496         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9498     def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9500         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int 
9502         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9504         return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9506     def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9508         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int 
9510         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9512         return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9514     def GetBorder(*args
): 
9516         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int 
9517         GetBorder(self) -> int 
9519         Get border for the flags of this window 
9521         return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
) 
9523     def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9525         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE) 
9527         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular 
9528         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will 
9529         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will 
9530         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this 
9531         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at 
9532         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are 
9533         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called 
9534         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to 
9535         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events 
9538         return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9540     def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9542         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool 
9544         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9545         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9546         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9547         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9548         mouse cursor will be used. 
9550         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9552     def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9554         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool 
9556         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9557         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9558         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9559         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9560         mouse cursor will be used. 
9562         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9564     def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9566         GetHandle(self) -> long 
9568         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the 
9569         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the 
9570         toplevel parent of the window. 
9572         return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9574     def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9576         AssociateHandle(self, long handle) 
9578         Associate the window with a new native handle 
9580         return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9582     def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9584         DissociateHandle(self) 
9586         Dissociate the current native handle from the window 
9588         return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9590     def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9592         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool 
9594         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation? 
9596         return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9598     def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9600         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,  
9603         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar. 
9605         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9607     def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9609         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True) 
9611         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars. 
9613         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9615     def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9617         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int 
9619         Returns the built-in scrollbar position. 
9621         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9623     def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9625         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int 
9627         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size. 
9629         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9631     def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9633         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int 
9635         Returns the built-in scrollbar range. 
9637         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9639     def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9641         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None) 
9643         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows 
9644         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling 
9645         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that 
9646         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program. 
9648         return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9650     def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9652         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool 
9654         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9655         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines 
9656         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9657         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9659         return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9661     def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9663         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool 
9665         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
9666         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages 
9667         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
9668         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
9670         return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9672     def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9674         LineUp(self) -> bool 
9676         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1). 
9678         return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9680     def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9682         LineDown(self) -> bool 
9684         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1). 
9686         return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9688     def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9690         PageUp(self) -> bool 
9692         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1). 
9694         return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9696     def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9698         PageDown(self) -> bool 
9700         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1). 
9702         return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9704     def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9706         SetHelpText(self, String text) 
9708         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9709         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9710         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9712         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9714     def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9716         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text) 
9718         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this 
9721         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9723     def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9725         GetHelpText(self) -> String 
9727         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
9728         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
9729         wxHelpProvider implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
9731         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9733     def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9735         SetToolTipString(self, String tip) 
9737         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9739         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9741     def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9743         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip) 
9745         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
9747         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9749     def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9751         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip 
9753         get the associated tooltip or None if none 
9755         return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9757     def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9759         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget) 
9761         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has 
9762         a drop target, it is deleted. 
9764         return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9766     def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9768         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget 
9770         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None. 
9772         return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9774     def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9776         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept) 
9778         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES. 
9779         Only functional on Windows. 
9781         return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9783     def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9785         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints) 
9787         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing 
9788         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be 
9789         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current 
9792         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints 
9793         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must 
9794         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting 
9795         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have 
9798         return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9800     def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9802         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints 
9804         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there 
9807         return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9809     def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9811         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout) 
9813         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically 
9814         when the window is resized.  It is called implicitly by SetSizer but 
9815         if you use SetConstraints you should call it manually or otherwise the 
9816         window layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes. 
9818         return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9820     def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9822         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool 
9824         Returns the current autoLayout setting 
9826         return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9828     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9830         Layout(self) -> bool 
9832         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based 
9833         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on, 
9834         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE 
9835         handler when the window is resized. 
9837         return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9839     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9841         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
9843         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then 
9844         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing 
9845         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted 
9846         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also 
9847         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is 
9848         non-None, and False otherwise. 
9850         return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9852     def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9854         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
9856         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the 
9857         window based on the sizer's minimum size. 
9859         return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9861     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9863         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
9865         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to 
9866         SetSizer or None if there isn't one. 
9868         return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9870     def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9872         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
9874         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is 
9875         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so 
9876         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed. 
9878         return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9880     def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9882         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer 
9884         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None. 
9886         return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9888     def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9890         InheritAttributes(self) 
9892         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called 
9893         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual 
9894         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background 
9897         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use 
9898         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's 
9899         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not 
9900         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been 
9901         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same 
9902         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides 
9903         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed 
9904         no matter what and only the font might. 
9906         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the 
9907         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default 
9908         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as 
9909         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours) 
9910         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the 
9911         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change 
9912         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or 
9913         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the 
9917         return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9919     def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9921         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool 
9923         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be 
9924         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them 
9925         from the parent window. 
9927         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in 
9928         wxControl where it returns true. 
9930         return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9932     def PostCreate(self
, pre
): 
9934         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!> 
9935         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method. 
9937         self
.this 
= pre
.this
 
9938         self
.thisown 
= pre
.thisown
 
9940         if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'): 
9941             self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
9942         if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'): 
9943             self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
.__class
__) 
9946 class WindowPtr(Window
): 
9947     def __init__(self
, this
): 
9949         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
9950         self
.__class
__ = Window
 
9951 _core_
.Window_swigregister(WindowPtr
) 
9953 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9955     PreWindow() -> Window 
9957     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation. 
9959     val 
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9963 def Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9965     Window_NewControlId() -> int 
9967     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
9969     return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9971 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9973     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
9975     Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
9978     return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9980 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9982     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
9984     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
9987     return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9989 def Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9991     Window_FindFocus() -> Window 
9993     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
9996     return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9998 def Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10000     Window_GetCapture() -> Window 
10002     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
10004     return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10006 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10008     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10010     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10011     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10012     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10013     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10014     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10016     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10017     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10018     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10021     return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10023 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None): 
10025     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in 
10026     dialog units to pixel units. 
10029         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
) 
10031         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
)) 
10033 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None): 
10035     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in 
10036     dialog units to pixel units. 
10039         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
) 
10041         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
)) 
10044 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10046     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10048     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent 
10049     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog 
10050     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10051     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10053     return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10055 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10057     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10059     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create 
10060     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all 
10061     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be 
10062     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both 
10065     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called. 
10067     return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10069 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10071     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10073     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label 
10074     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the 
10075     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if 
10076     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10077     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10079     return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10081 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10082     """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window""" 
10083     return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10085 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10087     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject 
10089     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames, 
10090     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained 
10091     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows 
10092     are closed or new top-level windows are created. 
10095     return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10096 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10098 class Validator(EvtHandler
): 
10099     """Proxy of C++ Validator class""" 
10100     def __repr__(self
): 
10101         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10102     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10103         """__init__(self) -> Validator""" 
10104         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10105         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10108         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10110     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10111         """Clone(self) -> Validator""" 
10112         return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10114     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10115         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool""" 
10116         return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10118     def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10119         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10120         return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10122     def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10123         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10124         return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10126     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10127         """GetWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10128         return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10130     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10131         """SetWindow(self, Window window)""" 
10132         return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10134     def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10135         """IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10136         return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10138     IsSilent 
= staticmethod(IsSilent
) 
10139     def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10140         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10141         return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10143     SetBellOnError 
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
) 
10145 class ValidatorPtr(Validator
): 
10146     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10148         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10149         self
.__class
__ = Validator
 
10150 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(ValidatorPtr
) 
10152 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10153     """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10154     return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10156 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10157     """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10158     return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10160 class PyValidator(Validator
): 
10161     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class""" 
10162     def __repr__(self
): 
10163         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPyValidator instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10164     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10165         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator""" 
10166         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10167         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10171         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyValidator
, 1) 
10172         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10174     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10175         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)""" 
10176         return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10179 class PyValidatorPtr(PyValidator
): 
10180     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10182         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10183         self
.__class
__ = PyValidator
 
10184 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidatorPtr
) 
10186 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10188 class Menu(EvtHandler
): 
10189     """Proxy of C++ Menu class""" 
10190     def __repr__(self
): 
10191         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenu instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10192     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10193         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu""" 
10194         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10195         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10198         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10200     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10201         """Append(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10202         return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10204     def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10205         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10206         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10208     def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10209         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10210         return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10212     def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10213         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10214         return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10216     def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10217         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10218         return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10220     def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10221         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10222         return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10224     def Break(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10226         return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10228     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10229         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10230         return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10232     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10234         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString,  
10235             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10237         return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10239     def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10240         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem""" 
10241         return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10243     def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10244         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10245         return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10247     def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10248         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10249         return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10251     def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10252         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10253         return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10255     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10256         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10257         return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10259     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10260         """Prepend(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem""" 
10261         return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10263     def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10264         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10265         return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10267     def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10268         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10269         return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10271     def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10272         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10273         return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10275     def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10276         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10277         return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10279     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10280         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10281         return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10283     def RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10284         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10285         return _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10287     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10288         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10289         return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10291     def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10292         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10293         return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10295     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10299         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10301         return _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10303     def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10305         DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool 
10307         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10309         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10311     def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10313         DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool 
10315         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10317         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10319     def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10320         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10321         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10323     def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10324         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject""" 
10325         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10327     def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10328         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int""" 
10329         return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10331     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10332         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10333         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10335     def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10336         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem""" 
10337         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10339     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10340         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10341         return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10343     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10344         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10345         return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10347     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10348         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10349         return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10351     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10352         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10353         return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10355     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10356         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10357         return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10359     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10360         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10361         return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10363     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10364         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10365         return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10367     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10368         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10369         return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10371     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10372         """SetTitle(self, String title)""" 
10373         return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10375     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10376         """GetTitle(self) -> String""" 
10377         return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10379     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10380         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
10381         return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10383     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10384         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
10385         return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10387     def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10388         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)""" 
10389         return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10391     def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10392         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10393         return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10395     def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10396         """GetStyle(self) -> long""" 
10397         return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10399     def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10400         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)""" 
10401         return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10403     def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10404         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar""" 
10405         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10407     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10408         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)""" 
10409         return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10411     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10413         return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10415     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10416         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10417         return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10419     def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10420         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)""" 
10421         return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10423     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10424         """GetParent(self) -> Menu""" 
10425         return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10428 class MenuPtr(Menu
): 
10429     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10431         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10432         self
.__class
__ = Menu
 
10433 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(MenuPtr
) 
10434 DefaultValidator 
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
 
10436 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10438 class MenuBar(Window
): 
10439     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class""" 
10440     def __repr__(self
): 
10441         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuBar instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10442     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10443         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar""" 
10444         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10445         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10448         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10450     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10451         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10452         return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10454     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10455         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10456         return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10458     def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10459         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10460         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10462     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10463         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10464         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10466     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10467         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu""" 
10468         return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10470     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10471         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10472         return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10474     def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10475         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)""" 
10476         return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10478     def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10479         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool""" 
10480         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10482     def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10483         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)""" 
10484         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10486     def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10487         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String""" 
10488         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10490     def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10491         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int""" 
10492         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10494     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10495         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10496         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10498     def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10499         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int""" 
10500         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10502     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10503         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10504         return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10506     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10507         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10508         return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10510     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10511         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10512         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10514     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10515         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10516         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10518     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10519         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10520         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10522     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10523         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10524         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10526     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10527         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10528         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10530     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10531         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10532         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10534     def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10535         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame""" 
10536         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10538     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10539         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10540         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10542     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10543         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)""" 
10544         return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10546     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10548         return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10550     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10551         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
10552         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10554     SetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10555     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10556         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
10557         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10559     GetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10561 class MenuBarPtr(MenuBar
): 
10562     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10564         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10565         self
.__class
__ = MenuBar
 
10566 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBarPtr
) 
10568 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10569     """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
10570     return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10572 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10573     """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
10574     return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10576 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10578 class MenuItem(Object
): 
10579     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class""" 
10580     def __repr__(self
): 
10581         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxMenuItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10582     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10584         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,  
10585             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,  
10586             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem 
10588         newobj 
= _core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10589         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10592     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10593         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10594         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10596     def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10597         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10598         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10600     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10601         """SetId(self, int id)""" 
10602         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10604     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10605         """GetId(self) -> int""" 
10606         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10608     def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10609         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool""" 
10610         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10612     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10613         """SetText(self, String str)""" 
10614         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10616     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10617         """GetLabel(self) -> String""" 
10618         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10620     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10621         """GetText(self) -> String""" 
10622         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10624     def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10625         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
10626         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10628     GetLabelFromText 
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
) 
10629     def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10630         """GetKind(self) -> int""" 
10631         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10633     def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10634         """SetKind(self, int kind)""" 
10635         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10637     def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10638         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)""" 
10639         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10641     def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10642         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool""" 
10643         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10645     def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10646         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool""" 
10647         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10649     def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10650         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
10651         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10653     def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10654         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
10655         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10657     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10658         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)""" 
10659         return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10661     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10662         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
10663         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10665     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10666         """Check(self, bool check=True)""" 
10667         return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10669     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10670         """IsChecked(self) -> bool""" 
10671         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10673     def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10675         return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10677     def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10678         """SetHelp(self, String str)""" 
10679         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10681     def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10682         """GetHelp(self) -> String""" 
10683         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10685     def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10686         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
10687         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10689     def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10690         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)""" 
10691         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10693     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10694         """SetFont(self, Font font)""" 
10695         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10697     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10698         """GetFont(self) -> Font""" 
10699         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10701     def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10702         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)""" 
10703         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10705     def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10706         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10707         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10709     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10710         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)""" 
10711         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10713     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10714         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour""" 
10715         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10717     def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10718         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)""" 
10719         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10721     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10722         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)""" 
10723         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10725     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10726         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10727         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10729     def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10730         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)""" 
10731         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10733     def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10734         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int""" 
10735         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10737     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10738         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
10739         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10741     GetDefaultMarginWidth 
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
) 
10742     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10743         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool""" 
10744         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10746     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10747         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)""" 
10748         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10750     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10751         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)""" 
10752         return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10754     def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10755         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)""" 
10756         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10758     def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10759         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
10760         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10763 class MenuItemPtr(MenuItem
): 
10764     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10766         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10767         self
.__class
__ = MenuItem
 
10768 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItemPtr
) 
10770 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10771     """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
10772     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10774 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10775     """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
10776     return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10778 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10780 class Control(Window
): 
10782     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'. 
10784     A control is generally a small window which processes user input 
10785     and/or displays one or more item of data. 
10787     def __repr__(self
): 
10788         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControl instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10789     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
10791         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
10792             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
10793             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control 
10795         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass' 
10796         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful. 
10798         newobj 
= _core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10799         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
10802         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10804     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10806         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
10807             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
10808             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool 
10810         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control. 
10812         return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10814     def Command(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10816         Command(self, CommandEvent event) 
10818         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. 
10820         :see: `wx.CommandEvent` 
10823         return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10825     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10827         GetLabel(self) -> String 
10829         Return a control's text. 
10831         return _core_
.Control_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10833     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10835         SetLabel(self, String label) 
10837         Sets the item's text. 
10839         return _core_
.Control_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10841     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10843         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10845         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10846         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10847         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10848         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10849         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10851         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10852         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10853         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10856         return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10858     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
10860 class ControlPtr(Control
): 
10861     def __init__(self
, this
): 
10863         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
10864         self
.__class
__ = Control
 
10865 _core_
.Control_swigregister(ControlPtr
) 
10866 ControlNameStr 
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
 
10868 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10870     PreControl() -> Control 
10872     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation 
10874     val 
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10878 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10880     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10882     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10883     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10884     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10885     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10886     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10888     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10889     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10890     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10893     return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10895 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10897 class ItemContainer(object): 
10899     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented 
10900     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be 
10901     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well 
10902     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from 
10905     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although 
10906     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still 
10907     all conform to the same interface. 
10909     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and, 
10910     optionally, client data associated with them. 
10913     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
10914     def __repr__(self
): 
10915         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxItemContainer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
10916     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10918         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
10920         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item 
10921         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item 
10922         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g. 
10923         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style). 
10925         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10927     def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10929         AppendItems(self, List strings) 
10931         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this 
10932         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you 
10933         need to add a lot of items. 
10935         return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10937     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10939         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
10941         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index, 
10942         optionally associating some data object with the item. 
10944         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10946     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10950         Removes all items from the control. 
10952         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10954     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10956         Delete(self, int n) 
10958         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note 
10959         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if 
10960         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal 
10961         than the number of items in the control. 
10963         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10965     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10967         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject 
10969         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.) 
10971         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10973     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10975         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData) 
10977         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
10979         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10981     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10983         GetCount(self) -> int 
10985         Returns the number of items in the control. 
10987         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10989     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10991         IsEmpty(self) -> bool 
10993         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items. 
10995         return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10997     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10999         GetString(self, int n) -> String 
11001         Returns the label of the item with the given index. 
11003         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11005     def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11006         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString""" 
11007         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11009     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11011         SetString(self, int n, String s) 
11013         Sets the label for the given item. 
11015         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11017     def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11019         FindString(self, String s) -> int 
11021         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the 
11022         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not 
11025         return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11027     def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11029         SetSelection(self, int n) 
11031         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item. 
11033         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11035     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11037         GetSelection(self) -> int 
11039         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item 
11042         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11044     def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11045         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool""" 
11046         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11048     def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11050         GetStringSelection(self) -> String 
11052         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item 
11055         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11057     def Select(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11059         Select(self, int n) 
11061         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is 
11062         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection. 
11064         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11067 class ItemContainerPtr(ItemContainer
): 
11068     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11070         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11071         self
.__class
__ = ItemContainer
 
11072 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainerPtr
) 
11074 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11076 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
): 
11078     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the 
11079     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls 
11082     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11083     def __repr__(self
): 
11084         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxControlWithItems instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11086 class ControlWithItemsPtr(ControlWithItems
): 
11087     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11089         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11090         self
.__class
__ = ControlWithItems
 
11091 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItemsPtr
) 
11093 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11095 class SizerItem(Object
): 
11097     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other 
11098     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. In normal usage user 
11099     code should never need to deal directly with a wx.SizerItem, but 
11100     custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to use the 
11101     collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating layout. 
11103     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem` 
11105     def __repr__(self
): 
11106         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11107     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11109         __init__(self) -> SizerItem 
11111         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
11112         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer. 
11114         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they 
11115         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend 
11116         methods are called. 
11118         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer` 
11120         newobj 
= _core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11121         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11124     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11126         DeleteWindows(self) 
11128         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type 
11131         return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11133     def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11137         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. 
11139         return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11141     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11143         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11145         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11147         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11149     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11151         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11153         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space 
11156         return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11158     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11160         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size) 
11162         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the 
11163         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or 
11164         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into 
11167         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11169     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11171         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11173         Get the minimum size needed for the item. 
11175         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11177     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11179         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size 
11181         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders 
11184         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11186     def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11187         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)""" 
11188         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11190     def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11192         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height) 
11194         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11196         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11198     def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11200         SetRatioSize(self, Size size) 
11202         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11204         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11206     def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11208         SetRatio(self, float ratio) 
11210         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11212         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11214     def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11216         GetRatio(self) -> float 
11218         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11220         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11222     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11224         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
11226         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy 
11228         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11230     def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11232         IsWindow(self) -> bool 
11234         Is this sizer item a window? 
11236         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11238     def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11240         IsSizer(self) -> bool 
11242         Is this sizer item a subsizer? 
11244         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11246     def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11248         IsSpacer(self) -> bool 
11250         Is this sizer item a spacer? 
11252         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11254     def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11256         SetProportion(self, int proportion) 
11258         Set the proportion value for this item. 
11260         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11262     def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11264         GetProportion(self) -> int 
11266         Get the proportion value for this item. 
11268         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11270     SetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")  
11271     GetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")  
11272     def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11274         SetFlag(self, int flag) 
11276         Set the flag value for this item. 
11278         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11280     def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11282         GetFlag(self) -> int 
11284         Get the flag value for this item. 
11286         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11288     def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11290         SetBorder(self, int border) 
11292         Set the border value for this item. 
11294         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11296     def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11298         GetBorder(self) -> int 
11300         Get the border value for this item. 
11302         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11304     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11306         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
11308         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11310         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11312     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11314         SetWindow(self, Window window) 
11316         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item. 
11318         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11320     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11322         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
11324         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11326         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11328     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11330         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
11332         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11334         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11336     def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11338         GetSpacer(self) -> Size 
11340         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item. 
11342         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11344     def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11346         SetSpacer(self, Size size) 
11348         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11350         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11352     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11354         Show(self, bool show) 
11356         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item 
11357         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a 
11358         window then it is shown or hidden as needed. 
11360         return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11362     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11364         IsShown(self) -> bool 
11366         Is the item to be shown in the layout? 
11368         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11370     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11372         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11374         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11376         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11378     def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11380         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject 
11382         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there 
11385         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11388 class SizerItemPtr(SizerItem
): 
11389     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11391         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11392         self
.__class
__ = SizerItem
 
11393 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItemPtr
) 
11395 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11397     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11398         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11400     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window. 
11402     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11406 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11408     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11409         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11411     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer. 
11413     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11417 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11419     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11420         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11422     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer 
11424     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11428 class Sizer(Object
): 
11430     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in 
11431     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to 
11432     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`, 
11433     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.NotebookSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`,  `wx.FlexGridSizer` 
11434     and `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
11436     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to 
11437     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK 
11438     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual 
11439     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to 
11440     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will 
11441     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of 
11442     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and 
11443     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in 
11444     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls, 
11445     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be 
11446     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus 
11447     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources 
11448     compared to a real window on screen. 
11450     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that 
11451     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can 
11452     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item) 
11453     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the 
11454     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires 
11455     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a 
11456     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows. 
11458     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
11459     def __repr__(self
): 
11460         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11461     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11462         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)""" 
11463         return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11465     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11467         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11468             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11470         Appends a child item to the sizer. 
11472         return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11474     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11476         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11477             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11479         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before 
11480         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11482         return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11484     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11486         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11487             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11489         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by 
11490         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11492         return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11494     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11496         Remove(self, item) -> bool 
11498         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not 
11499         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update 
11500         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The 
11501         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based 
11502         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found 
11505         return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11507     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11509         Detach(self, item) -> bool 
11511         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method 
11512         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to 
11513         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11514         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item 
11515         was found and detached. 
11517         return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11519     def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11521         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem 
11523         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item* 
11524         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11525         the item to be found. 
11527         return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11529     def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11530         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)""" 
11531         return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11533     def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
): 
11535         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size) 
11537         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer. 
11538         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11539         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it 
11540         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary. 
11543             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too 
11544             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
) 
11546             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0]) 
11548     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11550         AddItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11552         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11554         return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11556     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11558         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item) 
11560         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*. 
11562         return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11564     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11566         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item) 
11568         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
11570         return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11572     def AddMany(self
, items
): 
11574         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items 
11575         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples, 
11576         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you 
11577         would normally pass to the `Add` method. 
11580             if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)): 
11584     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code 
11585     def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11586         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11587         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11588     def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11589         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11590         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11591     def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11592         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
11593         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
11595     def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11596         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11597         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11598     def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11599         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11600         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11601     def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11602         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
11603         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
11605     def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11606         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11607         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11608     def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11609         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11610         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11611     def InsertSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11612         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
11613         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
11615     def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11616         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11617         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11618     def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11619         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11620         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11621     def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
11622         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
11623         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
11626     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11628         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height) 
11630         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus 
11631         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to 
11632         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend` 
11635         return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11637     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11639         SetMinSize(self, Size size) 
11641         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will 
11642         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children 
11643         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the 
11644         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set 
11645         here, depending on which is bigger. 
11647         return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11649     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11651         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11653         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer. 
11655         return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11657     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11659         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11661         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space. 
11663         return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11665     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11667         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11669         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined 
11670         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size 
11671         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger. 
11673         return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11675     def GetSizeTuple(self
): 
11676         return self
.GetSize().Get() 
11677     def GetPositionTuple(self
): 
11678         return self
.GetPosition().Get() 
11679     def GetMinSizeTuple(self
): 
11680         return self
.GetMinSize().Get() 
11682     def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11686         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the 
11687         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11688         it is called by `Layout`. 
11690         return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11692     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11694         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11696         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its 
11697         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as 
11698         it is called by `Layout`. 
11700         return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11702     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11706         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items 
11707         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the 
11708         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's 
11709         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when 
11710         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or 
11713         return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11715     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11717         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size 
11719         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal 
11720         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in 
11721         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as 
11722         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size. 
11724         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size. 
11726         return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11728     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11730         FitInside(self, Window window) 
11732         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the 
11733         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the 
11734         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars 
11735         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it. 
11737         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints` 
11740         return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11742     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11744         SetSizeHints(self, Window window) 
11746         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to 
11747         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the 
11748         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are 
11749         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order 
11750         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size 
11751         required by the sizer. 
11753         return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11755     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11757         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window) 
11759         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to 
11760         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars 
11761         this will set them appropriately. 
11763         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars` 
11766         return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11768     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11770         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False) 
11772         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items 
11775         return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11777     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11779         DeleteWindows(self) 
11781         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer. 
11783         return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11785     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11787         GetChildren(self) -> list 
11789         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer. 
11791         return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11793     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11795         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool 
11797         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item 
11798         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
11799         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11800         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a 
11801         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found. 
11803         return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11805     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11807         IsShown(self, item) 
11809         Determines if the item is currently shown. sizer.  To make a sizer 
11810         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
11811         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11814         return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11816     def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False): 
11818         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive). 
11820         return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
) 
11822     def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11824         ShowItems(self, bool show) 
11826         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items. 
11828         return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11831 class SizerPtr(Sizer
): 
11832     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11834         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11835         self
.__class
__ = Sizer
 
11836 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(SizerPtr
) 
11838 class PySizer(Sizer
): 
11840     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been 
11841     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in 
11842     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are 
11843     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement 
11844     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set. 
11847         class MySizer(wx.PySizer): 
11848              def __init__(self): 
11849                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self) 
11852                  for item in self.GetChildren(): 
11853                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed 
11854                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's 
11855                       # layout algorithm. 
11857                  return wx.Size(width, height) 
11859               def RecalcSizes(self): 
11860                   # find the space allotted to this sizer 
11861                   pos = self.GetPosition() 
11862                   size = self.GetSize() 
11863                   for item in self.GetChildren(): 
11864                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of 
11865                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the 
11866                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the 
11867                       # space alloted to this sizer. 
11869                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize) 
11872     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by 
11873     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of 
11874     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`. 
11876     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren` 
11880     def __repr__(self
): 
11881         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxPySizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11882     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11884         __init__(self) -> PySizer 
11886         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived 
11889         newobj 
= _core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11890         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11893         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PySizer
);self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11895     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11896         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
11897         return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11900 class PySizerPtr(PySizer
): 
11901     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11903         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11904         self
.__class
__ = PySizer
 
11905 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizerPtr
) 
11907 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11909 class BoxSizer(Sizer
): 
11911     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be 
11912     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a 
11913     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out 
11914     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation 
11915     parameter passed to the constructor. 
11917     def __repr__(self
): 
11918         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11919     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11921         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer 
11923         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL`` 
11924         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row 
11927         newobj 
= _core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11928         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11931         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11933     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11935         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
11937         Returns the current orientation of the sizer. 
11939         return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11941     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11943         SetOrientation(self, int orient) 
11945         Resets the orientation of the sizer. 
11947         return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11950 class BoxSizerPtr(BoxSizer
): 
11951     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11953         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11954         self
.__class
__ = BoxSizer
 
11955 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizerPtr
) 
11957 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11959 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
): 
11961     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the 
11962     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer 
11963     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and 
11964     passed to the sizer constructor. 
11966     def __repr__(self
): 
11967         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStaticBoxSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
11968     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
11970         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer 
11972         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation 
11973         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or 
11976         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11977         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
11980         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11982     def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11984         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox 
11986         Returns the static box associated with this sizer. 
11988         return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11991 class StaticBoxSizerPtr(StaticBoxSizer
): 
11992     def __init__(self
, this
): 
11994         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
11995         self
.__class
__ = StaticBoxSizer
 
11996 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizerPtr
) 
11998 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12000 class GridSizer(Sizer
): 
12002     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12003     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other 
12004     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the 
12005     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the 
12006     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal 
12007     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.) 
12009     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added, 
12010     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first, 
12011     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If 
12012     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you 
12013     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in 
12014     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
12017     def __repr__(self
): 
12018         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12019     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12021         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer 
12023         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number 
12024         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is 
12025         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12026         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12027         define extra space between all children. 
12029         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12030         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12033         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12035     def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12037         SetCols(self, int cols) 
12039         Sets the number of columns in the sizer. 
12041         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12043     def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12045         SetRows(self, int rows) 
12047         Sets the number of rows in the sizer. 
12049         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12051     def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12053         SetVGap(self, int gap) 
12055         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12057         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12059     def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12061         SetHGap(self, int gap) 
12063         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer 
12065         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12067     def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12069         GetCols(self) -> int 
12071         Returns the number of columns in the sizer. 
12073         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12075     def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12077         GetRows(self) -> int 
12079         Returns the number of rows in the sizer. 
12081         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12083     def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12085         GetVGap(self) -> int 
12087         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12089         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12091     def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12093         GetHGap(self) -> int 
12095         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer. 
12097         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12100 class GridSizerPtr(GridSizer
): 
12101     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12103         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12104         self
.__class
__ = GridSizer
 
12105 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizerPtr
) 
12107 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12109 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
 
12110 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
 
12111 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
 
12112 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
): 
12114     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12115     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same 
12116     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all 
12117     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in 
12118     the `wx.GridSizer`. 
12120     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but 
12121     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible 
12122     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it 
12123     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non 
12124     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The 
12125     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose. 
12129     def __repr__(self
): 
12130         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxFlexGridSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12131     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12133         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer 
12135         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the 
12136         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters 
12137         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12138         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12139         define extra space between all children. 
12141         newobj 
= _core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12142         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12145         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12147     def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12149         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12151         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there 
12152         is extra space available to the sizer. 
12154         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12155         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12156         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12158         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12160     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12162         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx) 
12164         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable. 
12166         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12168     def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12170         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12172         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if 
12173         there is extra space available to the sizer. 
12175         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12176         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12177         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12179         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12181     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12183         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx) 
12185         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable. 
12187         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12189     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12191         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction) 
12193         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows, 
12194         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any 
12195         other value is ignored. 
12197             ==============    ======================================= 
12198             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized. 
12199             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized. 
12200             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized 
12201                               (this is the default value). 
12202             ==============    ======================================= 
12204         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12207         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12209     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12211         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int 
12213         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer 
12214         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default). 
12216         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection` 
12218         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12220     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12222         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode) 
12224         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if 
12225         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called 
12226         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values: 
12228             ==========================  ================================================= 
12229             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction. 
12230             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with 
12231                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this 
12232                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of 
12233                                         columns or rows (this is the default value). 
12234             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in 
12235                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are 
12236                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction. 
12237             ==========================  ================================================= 
12239         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12243         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12245     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12247         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int 
12249         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the 
12250         non-flexible direction if there is one. 
12252         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` 
12254         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12256     def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12258         GetRowHeights(self) -> list 
12260         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the 
12263         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12265     def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12267         GetColWidths(self) -> list 
12269         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the 
12270         columns in the sizer. 
12272         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12275 class FlexGridSizerPtr(FlexGridSizer
): 
12276     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12278         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12279         self
.__class
__ = FlexGridSizer
 
12280 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizerPtr
) 
12282 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12284     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons 
12285     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply 
12286     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the 
12287     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer 
12288     will take care of the rest. 
12291     def __repr__(self
): 
12292         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxStdDialogButtonSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12293     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12294         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer""" 
12295         newobj 
= _core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12296         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12299     def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12301         AddButton(self, wxButton button) 
12303         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add` 
12304         method in the base class. 
12306         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12308     def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12312         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added 
12313         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform 
12316         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12318     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12319         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12320         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12322     def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12323         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12324         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12326     def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12327         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12328         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12330     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12331         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12332         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12334     def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12335         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12336         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12338     def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12339         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12340         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12342     def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12343         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12344         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12346     def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12347         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12348         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12351 class StdDialogButtonSizerPtr(StdDialogButtonSizer
): 
12352     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12354         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12355         self
.__class
__ = StdDialogButtonSizer
 
12356 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizerPtr
) 
12358 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12360 class GBPosition(object): 
12362     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12363     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12364     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12365     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12366     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12368     def __repr__(self
): 
12369         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBPosition instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12370     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12372         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition 
12374         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12375         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12376         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12377         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12378         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12380         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12381         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12384     def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12385         """GetRow(self) -> int""" 
12386         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12388     def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12389         """GetCol(self) -> int""" 
12390         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12392     def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12393         """SetRow(self, int row)""" 
12394         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12396     def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12397         """SetCol(self, int col)""" 
12398         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12400     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12401         """__eq__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12402         return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12404     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12405         """__ne__(self, GBPosition other) -> bool""" 
12406         return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12408     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12409         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)""" 
12410         return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12412     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12413         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12414         return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12416     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12417     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12418     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get()) 
12419     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12420     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12421     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12422         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
) 
12423         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
) 
12424         else: raise IndexError 
12425     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12426     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12427     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get()) 
12429     row 
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
) 
12430     col 
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
) 
12433 class GBPositionPtr(GBPosition
): 
12434     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12436         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12437         self
.__class
__ = GBPosition
 
12438 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPositionPtr
) 
12440 class GBSpan(object): 
12442     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of 
12443     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will 
12444     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a 
12445     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span 
12446     nearly transparently in Python code. 
12449     def __repr__(self
): 
12450         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSpan instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12451     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12453         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan 
12455         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and 
12456         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one 
12457         cell in each direction. 
12459         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12460         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12463     def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12464         """GetRowspan(self) -> int""" 
12465         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12467     def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12468         """GetColspan(self) -> int""" 
12469         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12471     def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12472         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)""" 
12473         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12475     def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12476         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)""" 
12477         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12479     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12480         """__eq__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12481         return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12483     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12484         """__ne__(self, GBSpan other) -> bool""" 
12485         return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12487     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12488         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)""" 
12489         return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12491     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12492         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12493         return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12495     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12496     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12497     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get()) 
12498     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12499     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12500     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12501         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
) 
12502         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
) 
12503         else: raise IndexError 
12504     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12505     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12506     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get()) 
12508     rowspan 
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
) 
12509     colspan 
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
) 
12512 class GBSpanPtr(GBSpan
): 
12513     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12515         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12516         self
.__class
__ = GBSpan
 
12517 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpanPtr
) 
12519 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
): 
12521     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about 
12522     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid 
12523     and how many rows or columns it spans. 
12526     def __repr__(self
): 
12527         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGBSizerItem instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12528     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12530         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem 
12532         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
12533         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this 
12534         item can be used in a Sizer. 
12536         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they 
12537         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called. 
12539         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12540         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12543     def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12545         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12547         Get the grid position of the item 
12549         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12551     def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()  
12552     def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12554         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan 
12556         Get the row and column spanning of the item 
12558         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12560     def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()  
12561     def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12563         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
12565         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12566         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new 
12567         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is 
12568         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved. 
12570         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12572     def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12574         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12576         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
12577         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new 
12578         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change 
12579         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized. 
12582         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12584     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12586         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool 
12588         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect. 
12590         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12592     def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12594         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12596         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. 
12598         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12600     def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12602         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition 
12604         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item. 
12606         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12608     def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12610         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer 
12612         Get the sizer this item is a member of. 
12614         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12616     def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12618         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer) 
12620         Set the sizer this item is a member of. 
12622         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12625 class GBSizerItemPtr(GBSizerItem
): 
12626     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12628         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12629         self
.__class
__ = GBSizerItem
 
12630 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItemPtr
) 
12631 DefaultSpan 
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
 
12633 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12635     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12636         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12638     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window. 
12640     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12644 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12646     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
12647         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12649     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer 
12651     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12655 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12657     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,  
12658         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
12660     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer. 
12662     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12666 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
): 
12668     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a 
12669     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items 
12670     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more 
12671     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the 
12672     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are 
12673     positioned at, adjusted for spanning. 
12676     def __repr__(self
): 
12677         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxGridBagSizer instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12678     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
12680         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer 
12682         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the 
12685         newobj 
= _core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12686         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
12689         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12691     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12693         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0, 
12694         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12696         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning 
12697         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining 
12698         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`. 
12700         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell 
12701         position, False if something was already there. 
12704         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12706     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12708         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
12710         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if 
12711         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if 
12712         something was already there. 
12714         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12716     def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12718         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size 
12720         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and 
12721         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout. 
12723         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12725     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12727         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size 
12729         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
12731         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12733     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12735         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz) 
12737         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
12739         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12741     def GetItemPosition(*args
): 
12743         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition 
12745         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
12746         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
12749         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
) 
12751     def SetItemPosition(*args
): 
12753         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
12755         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
12756         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
12757         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not 
12758         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
12761         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
) 
12763     def GetItemSpan(*args
): 
12765         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan 
12767         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
12768         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
12769         zero-based index of an item. 
12771         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
) 
12773     def SetItemSpan(*args
): 
12775         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool 
12777         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
12778         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
12779         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is 
12780         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
12782         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
) 
12784     def FindItem(*args
): 
12786         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem 
12788         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if 
12789         not found. (non-recursive) 
12791         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
) 
12793     def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12795         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem 
12797         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no 
12798         item at that position. (non-recursive) 
12800         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12802     def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12804         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem 
12806         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if 
12807         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond 
12808         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for 
12809         layout. (non-recursive) 
12811         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12813     def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12815         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
12817         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
12818         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap. 
12819         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for 
12820         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
12824         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12826     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12828         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
12830         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
12831         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be 
12832         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked 
12833         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
12836         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12839 class GridBagSizerPtr(GridBagSizer
): 
12840     def __init__(self
, this
): 
12842         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
12843         self
.__class
__ = GridBagSizer
 
12844 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizerPtr
) 
12846 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12850 Right 
= _core_
.Right
 
12851 Bottom 
= _core_
.Bottom
 
12852 Width 
= _core_
.Width
 
12853 Height 
= _core_
.Height
 
12854 Centre 
= _core_
.Centre
 
12855 Center 
= _core_
.Center
 
12856 CentreX 
= _core_
.CentreX
 
12857 CentreY 
= _core_
.CentreY
 
12858 Unconstrained 
= _core_
.Unconstrained
 
12860 PercentOf 
= _core_
.PercentOf
 
12861 Above 
= _core_
.Above
 
12862 Below 
= _core_
.Below
 
12863 LeftOf 
= _core_
.LeftOf
 
12864 RightOf 
= _core_
.RightOf
 
12865 SameAs 
= _core_
.SameAs
 
12866 Absolute 
= _core_
.Absolute
 
12867 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
): 
12869     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as 
12870     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in. 
12871     You will never need to create an instance of 
12872     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a 
12873     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints 
12876     def __init__(self
): raise RuntimeError, "No constructor defined" 
12877     def __repr__(self
): 
12878         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxIndividualLayoutConstraint instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
12879     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12881         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN) 
12883         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the 
12884         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs. 
12886         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12888     def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12890         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12892         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an 
12893         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the 
12896         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12898     def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12900         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12902         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an 
12903         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the 
12906         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12908     def Above(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12910         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12912         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional 
12913         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other 
12916         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12918     def Below(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12920         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
12922         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional 
12923         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other 
12926         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12928     def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12930         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0) 
12932         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the 
12933         given window, with an optional margin. 
12935         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12937     def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12939         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per) 
12941         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given 
12942         window, with an optional margin. 
12944         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12946     def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12948         Absolute(self, int val) 
12950         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value. 
12952         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12954     def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12956         Unconstrained(self) 
12958         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on 
12959         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced. 
12961         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12963     def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12967         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at 
12968         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*, 
12969         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important 
12970         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default 
12971         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the 
12974         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12976     def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12977         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window""" 
12978         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12980     def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12981         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int""" 
12982         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12984     def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12985         """SetEdge(self, int which)""" 
12986         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12988     def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12989         """SetValue(self, int v)""" 
12990         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12992     def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12993         """GetMargin(self) -> int""" 
12994         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12996     def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12997         """SetMargin(self, int m)""" 
12998         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13000     def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13001         """GetValue(self) -> int""" 
13002         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13004     def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13005         """GetPercent(self) -> int""" 
13006         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13008     def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13009         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int""" 
13010         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13012     def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13013         """GetDone(self) -> bool""" 
13014         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13016     def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13017         """SetDone(self, bool d)""" 
13018         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13020     def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13021         """GetRelationship(self) -> int""" 
13022         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13024     def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13025         """SetRelationship(self, int r)""" 
13026         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13028     def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13030         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool 
13032         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin 
13034         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13036     def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13038         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool 
13040         Try to satisfy constraint 
13042         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13044     def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13046         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int 
13048         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this 
13049         is not determinable, -1. 
13051         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13054 class IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr(IndividualLayoutConstraint
): 
13055     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13057         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13058         self
.__class
__ = IndividualLayoutConstraint
 
13059 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraintPtr
) 
13061 class LayoutConstraints(Object
): 
13063     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers 
13066     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its 
13067     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent. 
13069     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class 
13070     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed 
13071     directly to set the appropriate constraints. 
13073         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window 
13074         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window 
13075         * top: represents the top edge of the window 
13076         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window 
13077         * width: represents the width of the window 
13078         * height: represents the height of the window 
13079         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window 
13080         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window  
13082     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship 
13083     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by 
13084     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height, 
13085     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a 
13086     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be 
13087     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If 
13088     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed. 
13090     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints` 
13093     def __repr__(self
): 
13094         return "<%s.%s; proxy of C++ wxLayoutConstraints instance at %s>" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, self
.this
,) 
13095     left 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
) 
13096     top 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
) 
13097     right 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
) 
13098     bottom 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
) 
13099     width 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
) 
13100     height 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
) 
13101     centreX 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
) 
13102     centreY 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
) 
13103     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13104         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints""" 
13105         newobj 
= _core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13106         self
.this 
= newobj
.this
 
13109     def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13110         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)""" 
13111         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13113     def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13114         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool""" 
13115         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13118 class LayoutConstraintsPtr(LayoutConstraints
): 
13119     def __init__(self
, this
): 
13121         if not hasattr(self
,"thisown"): self
.thisown 
= 0 
13122         self
.__class
__ = LayoutConstraints
 
13123 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraintsPtr
) 
13125 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13127 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not 
13131     __builtins__
.True = 1==1 
13132     __builtins__
.False = 1==0 
13133     def bool(value
): return not not value
 
13134     __builtins__
.bool = bool 
13138 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names 
13139 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge' 
13140 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider' 
13141 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar' 
13144 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13145 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor 
13146 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets. 
13148 from __version__ 
import * 
13149 __version__ 
= VERSION_STRING
 
13151 assert MAJOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13152 assert MINOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13153 if RELEASE_VERSION 
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
: 
13155     warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch") 
13157 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13159 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from 
13160 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We 
13161 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the 
13162 # encoding we need to use as well.) 
13164 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects 
13165 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be 
13166 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be 
13167 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see 
13168 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
13169 # between the common latin/roman encodings. 
13171 default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13172 if default 
== 'ascii': 
13176         default 
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1] 
13177         codecs
.lookup(default
) 
13178     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError): 
13179         default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13183     wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
) 
13186 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13188 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError): 
13191 class _wxPyDeadObject(object): 
13193     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__ 
13194     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help 
13195     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer. 
13197     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)" 
13198     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed." 
13200     def __repr__(self
): 
13201         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13202             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13203         return self
.reprStr 
% self
._name
 
13205     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13206         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13207             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13208         raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr 
% self
._name
) 
13210     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13215 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError): 
13218 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object): 
13220     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is 
13221     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App 
13222     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will 
13223     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an 
13224     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance 
13228     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)" 
13229     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed." 
13231     def __repr__(self
): 
13232         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13233         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13234         return self
.reprStr 
#% self._name 
13236     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13237         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13238         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13239         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name ) 
13241     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13245 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13247 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
): 
13249     Call the specified function after the current and pending event 
13250     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI 
13251     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or 
13252     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called. 
13254     :see: `wx.FutureCall` 
13257     assert app 
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet' 
13259     if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"): 
13260         app
._CallAfterId 
= wx
.NewEventType() 
13261         app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
, 
13262                     lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) ) 
13264     evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
) 
13265     evt
.callable = callable 
13268     wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
) 
13270 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13275     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable 
13276     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any 
13277     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is 
13278     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method. 
13280     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer 
13281     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will 
13282     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer 
13283     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when 
13284     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.FutureCall 
13287     :see: `wx.CallAfter` 
13289     def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13290         self
.millis 
= millis
 
13291         self
.callable = callable 
13292         self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13294         self
.running 
= False 
13295         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13304     def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13306         (Re)start the timer 
13308         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13309         if millis 
is not None: 
13310             self
.millis 
= millis
 
13312             self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13314         self
.timer 
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
) 
13315         self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
) 
13316         self
.running 
= True 
13322         Stop and destroy the timer. 
13324         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13329     def GetInterval(self
): 
13330         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13331             return self
.timer
.GetInterval() 
13336     def IsRunning(self
): 
13337         return self
.timer 
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning() 
13340     def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13342         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is 
13343         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a 
13344         new call to the same callable object but with different 
13348         self
.kwargs 
= kwargs
 
13354     def GetResult(self
): 
13359         The timer has expired so call the callable. 
13361         if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True): 
13363             self
.running 
= False 
13364             self
.result 
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
) 
13366         if not self
.running
: 
13367             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup 
13368             wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
) 
13372 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13373 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc. 
13374 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size 
13375 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects, 
13376 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead 
13377 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods 
13378 # where they should be used. 
13382     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and 
13383     fucntions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs. 
13385     def __init__(self
, globals): 
13386         self
._globals 
= globals 
13388     def __call__(self
, name
): 
13390         obj 
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None) 
13391         if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]: 
13393         if name
.startswith('_') or name
.endswith('Ptr') or name
.startswith('EVT'): 
13397 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13398 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13400 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the 
13401 # "core" wx namespace 
13403 from _windows 
import * 
13404 from _controls 
import * 
13405 from _misc 
import * 
13408 # Fixup the stock objects since they can't be used yet.  (They will be 
13409 # restored in wx.PyApp.OnInit.) 
13410 _core_
._wxPyFixStockObjects
() 
13412 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13413 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------